1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 ///
10 /// \file
11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
12 ///
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
16 #include "TreeTransform.h"
17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
41 using namespace clang;
42 using namespace sema;
43 
44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as
46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the
47 /// name of the corresponding type.
48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
49                                               SourceLocation NameLoc,
50                                               IdentifierInfo &Name) {
51   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
52 
53   // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type.
54   QualType Type;
55   switch (NNS->getKind()) {
56   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
57   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
58     Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
59     break;
60 
61   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
62     // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a
63     // typename type for it.
64     assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name");
65     Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(),
66                                         NNS->getAsIdentifier());
67     break;
68 
69   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
70   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
71   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
72   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
73     llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor");
74   }
75 
76   // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the
77   // final identifier in the qualified-id.
78   return CreateParsedType(Type,
79                           Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc));
80 }
81 
82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
83                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
84                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
85                                    Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
86                                    ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
87                                    bool EnteringContext) {
88   // Determine where to perform name lookup.
89 
90   // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
91   // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
92   // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
93   // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
94   // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
95   // this appears to be ill-formed:
96   //
97   //   namespace N {
98   //     template <typename T> struct S {
99   //       ~S();
100   //     };
101   //   }
102   //
103   //   void f(N::S<int>* s) {
104   //     s->N::S<int>::~S();
105   //   }
106   //
107   // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
108   // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
109   // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
110   QualType SearchType;
111   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
112   bool isDependent = false;
113   bool LookInScope = false;
114 
115   if (SS.isInvalid())
116     return nullptr;
117 
118   // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
119   // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
120   // we know what type we're looking for.
121   if (ObjectTypePtr)
122     SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);
123 
124   if (SS.isSet()) {
125     NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
126 
127     bool AlreadySearched = false;
128     bool LookAtPrefix = true;
129     // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
130     //   If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
131     //   the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
132     //   nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form:
133     //
134     //     nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name
135     //
136     //   the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first.
137     //
138     // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the
139     // prefix of the nested-name-specifier.
140     DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
141     if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
142       AlreadySearched = true;
143       LookupCtx = DC;
144       isDependent = false;
145     } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
146       LookAtPrefix = false;
147       LookInScope = true;
148     }
149 
150     // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
151     NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr;
152     if (AlreadySearched) {
153       // Nothing left to do.
154     } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
155       CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
156       PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
157       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
158       isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
159     } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
160       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
161       isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
162     } else {
163       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
164       isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
165     }
166   } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
167     // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
168     //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
169     //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
170     //   of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
171     //   also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
172     //   lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
173     //   cv-qualified) T.
174     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
175     isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
176     assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
177            "Caller should have completed object type");
178 
179     LookInScope = true;
180   } else {
181     // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
182     LookInScope = true;
183   }
184 
185   TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr;
186   LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
187   for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
188     // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
189     // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
190     // we're allowed to look there).
191     Found.clear();
192     if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx)
193       LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
194     else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S)
195       LookupName(Found, S);
196     else
197       continue;
198 
199     // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
200     if (Found.isAmbiguous())
201       return nullptr;
202 
203     if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
204       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
205       MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
206 
207       if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
208           Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
209         // We found our type!
210 
211         return CreateParsedType(T,
212                                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc));
213       }
214 
215       if (!SearchType.isNull())
216         NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
217     }
218 
219     // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
220     // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
221     // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
222     // this is the destructor for that class.
223     // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
224     // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
225     if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
226       QualType MemberOfType;
227       if (SS.isSet()) {
228         if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
229           // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
230           if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
231             MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
232         }
233       }
234       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
235         MemberOfType = SearchType;
236 
237       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
238         continue;
239 
240       // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
241       // class template we found is the same as the template being
242       // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
243       if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
244         if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
245               = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
246           if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
247                 Template->getCanonicalDecl())
248             return CreateParsedType(
249                 MemberOfType,
250                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
251         }
252 
253         continue;
254       }
255 
256       // We're referring to an unresolved class template
257       // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
258       // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
259       // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
260       // has the same name.
261       if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
262             = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
263         TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();
264 
265         // The class template we found is the same template being
266         // specialized.
267         if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
268           if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
269             return CreateParsedType(
270                 MemberOfType,
271                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
272 
273           continue;
274         }
275 
276         // The class template we found has the same name as the
277         // (dependent) template name being specialized.
278         if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
279                                     = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
280           if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
281               DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
282             return CreateParsedType(
283                 MemberOfType,
284                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
285 
286           continue;
287         }
288       }
289     }
290   }
291 
292   if (isDependent) {
293     // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
294     // anyway.
295 
296     // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
297     QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
298                                    SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
299                                    II, NameLoc);
300     return ParsedType::make(T);
301   }
302 
303   if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
304     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
305     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
306       << T << SearchType;
307     Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
308       << T;
309   } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
310     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
311       << &II;
312   else {
313     SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc,
314                                           diag::err_destructor_class_name);
315     if (S) {
316       const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
317       if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
318         DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
319                                                  Class->getNameAsString());
320     }
321   }
322 
323   return nullptr;
324 }
325 
326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) {
327     if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType)
328       return nullptr;
329     assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype
330            && "only get destructor types from declspecs");
331     QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
332     QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType);
333     if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) {
334       return ParsedType::make(T);
335     }
336 
337     Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
338       << T << SearchType;
339     return nullptr;
340 }
341 
342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
343                                   const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
344   assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId);
345 
346   if (!SS.isValid())
347     return false;
348 
349   switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) {
350   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
351   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
352   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
353     // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at
354     // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything.
355     // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the
356     // case where the scope is dependent.
357     Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace)
358       << SS.getScopeRep();
359     return true;
360 
361   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
362   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
363   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
364   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
365     return false;
366   }
367 
368   llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind");
369 }
370 
371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
373                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
374                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
375                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
376   // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
377   //   The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
378   //   that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
379   //   If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
380   //   type, the class shall be completely-defined.
381   Qualifiers Quals;
382   QualType T
383     = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
384                                       Quals);
385   if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
386       RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
387     return ExprError();
388 
389   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType())
390     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T);
391 
392   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
393                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
394 }
395 
396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
398                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
399                                 Expr *E,
400                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
401   bool WasEvaluated = false;
402   if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
403     if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
404       ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
405       if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
406       E = result.get();
407     }
408 
409     QualType T = E->getType();
410     if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
411       CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
412       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
413       //   [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
414       //   shall be completely-defined.
415       if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
416         return ExprError();
417 
418       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
419       //   When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
420       //   polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
421       //   operand. [...]
422       if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) {
423         // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context
424         // and recheck the subexpression.
425         ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
426         if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
427         E = Result.get();
428 
429         // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
430         MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
431         WasEvaluated = true;
432       }
433     }
434 
435     // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
436     //   [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
437     //   cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
438     //   std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
439     //   type.
440     Qualifiers Quals;
441     QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
442     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
443       T = UnqualT;
444       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get();
445     }
446   }
447 
448   if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
449     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid)
450                      << E->getType());
451   else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
452            E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) {
453     // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression
454     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
455     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated
456                               ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid
457                               : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
458   }
459 
460   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
461                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
462 }
463 
464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
465 ExprResult
466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
467                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
468   // Find the std::type_info type.
469   if (!getStdNamespace())
470     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
471 
472   if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
473     IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
474     LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
475     LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
476     CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
477     // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global
478     // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153.
479     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) {
480       LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
481       CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
482     }
483     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
484       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
485   }
486 
487   if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) {
488     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti));
489   }
490 
491   QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);
492 
493   if (isType) {
494     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
495     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
496     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
497                                    &TInfo);
498     if (T.isNull())
499       return ExprError();
500 
501     if (!TInfo)
502       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
503 
504     return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
505   }
506 
507   // The operand is an expression.
508   return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
509 }
510 
511 /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to
512 /// a single GUID.
513 static void
514 getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT,
515                   llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) {
516   // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection.
517   const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr();
518   if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType())
519     Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
520   else if (QT->isArrayType())
521     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
522 
523   const auto *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
524   if (!RD)
525     return;
526 
527   if (const auto *Uuid = RD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) {
528     UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid);
529     return;
530   }
531 
532   // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments.
533   if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) {
534     const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs();
535     for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) {
536       const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr;
537       if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type)
538         getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs);
539       else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration)
540         getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs);
541 
542       if (UuidForTA)
543         UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA);
544     }
545   }
546 }
547 
548 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
549 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
550                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
551                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
552                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
553   StringRef UuidStr;
554   if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
555     llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
556     getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs);
557     if (UuidAttrs.empty())
558       return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
559     if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
560       return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
561     UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
562   }
563 
564   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr,
565                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
566 }
567 
568 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
569 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
570                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
571                                 Expr *E,
572                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
573   StringRef UuidStr;
574   if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
575     if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
576       UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000";
577     } else {
578       llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
579       getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs);
580       if (UuidAttrs.empty())
581         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
582       if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
583         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
584       UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
585     }
586   }
587 
588   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr,
589                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
590 }
591 
592 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
593 ExprResult
594 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
595                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
596   // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
597   if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
598     IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
599     LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
600     LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
601     MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
602     if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
603       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
604   }
605 
606   QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);
607 
608   if (isType) {
609     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
610     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
611     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
612                                    &TInfo);
613     if (T.isNull())
614       return ExprError();
615 
616     if (!TInfo)
617       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
618 
619     return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
620   }
621 
622   // The operand is an expression.
623   return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
624 }
625 
626 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
627 ExprResult
628 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
629   assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
630          "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
631   return new (Context)
632       CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc);
633 }
634 
635 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
636 ExprResult
637 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
638   return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc);
639 }
640 
641 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
642 ExprResult
643 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
644   bool IsThrownVarInScope = false;
645   if (Ex) {
646     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
647     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
648     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
649     //
650     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
651     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-
652     //       clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
653     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
654     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
655     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
656     //       exception object
657     if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens()))
658       if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
659         if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
660           for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) {
661             if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) {
662               IsThrownVarInScope = true;
663               break;
664             }
665 
666             if (S->getFlags() &
667                 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope |
668                  Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope |
669                  Scope::TryScope))
670               break;
671           }
672         }
673       }
674   }
675 
676   return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
677 }
678 
679 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
680                                bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
681   // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
682   if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions &&
683       !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc))
684     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
685 
686   // Exceptions aren't allowed in CUDA device code.
687   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
688     CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(OpLoc, diag::err_cuda_device_exceptions)
689         << "throw" << CurrentCUDATarget();
690 
691   if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope())
692     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw";
693 
694   if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
695     QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType());
696     if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex))
697       return ExprError();
698 
699     // Initialize the exception result.  This implicitly weeds out
700     // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
701 
702     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
703     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
704     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
705     //
706     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
707     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or
708     //       catch-clause
709     //       parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
710     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
711     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
712     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
713     //       exception object
714     const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr;
715     if (IsThrownVarInScope)
716       NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false);
717 
718     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException(
719         OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
720         /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr);
721     ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
722         Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
723     if (Res.isInvalid())
724       return ExprError();
725     Ex = Res.get();
726   }
727 
728   return new (Context)
729       CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope);
730 }
731 
732 static void
733 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
734                    llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen,
735                    llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases,
736                    llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen,
737                    bool ParentIsPublic) {
738   for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) {
739     CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
740     bool NewSubobject;
741     // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject.  Non-virtual bases are
742     // always distinct subobjects.
743     if (BS.isVirtual())
744       NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second;
745     else
746       NewSubobject = true;
747 
748     if (NewSubobject)
749       ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl];
750 
751     // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain.
752     bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public;
753     if (PublicPath)
754       PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl);
755 
756     // Recurse on to each base subobject.
757     collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
758                        PublicPath);
759   }
760 }
761 
762 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(
763     CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) {
764   llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen;
765   llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases;
766   llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen;
767   SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1;
768   PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD);
769   collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
770                      /*ParentIsPublic=*/true);
771 
772   for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) {
773     // Skip ambiguous objects.
774     if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1)
775       continue;
776 
777     Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject);
778   }
779 }
780 
781 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
782 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc,
783                                 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) {
784   //   If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
785   //   to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
786   QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy;
787   bool isPointer = false;
788   if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
789     Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
790     isPointer = true;
791   }
792   if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
793     if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
794                             isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
795                                       : diag::err_throw_incomplete,
796                             E->getSourceRange()))
797       return true;
798 
799     if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
800                                diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E))
801       return true;
802   }
803 
804   // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
805   CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
806   if (!RD)
807     return false;
808 
809   // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
810   // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
811   MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);
812 
813   // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
814   if (isPointer)
815     return false;
816 
817   // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it.
818   if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) {
819     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
820       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
821       CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
822                             PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
823       if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
824         return true;
825     }
826   }
827 
828   // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception
829   // object.  This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call
830   // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor.
831   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
832     // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within
833     // the exception object.  Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise
834     // inaccessible are not catchable types.
835     llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects;
836     getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects);
837 
838     for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) {
839       // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor.  Various pieces of machinery
840       // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this
841       // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls.  Instead, we must perform
842       // lookup and overload resolution.
843       CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0);
844       if (!CD)
845         continue;
846 
847       // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression.
848       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD);
849 
850       // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it
851       // in the catchable type data.
852       if (CD->isTrivial())
853         continue;
854 
855       // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class
856       // type to this constructor.
857       // N.B.  The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this
858       // particular throw-site.  Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to
859       // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via
860       // friendship or any other means).
861       Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD);
862 
863       // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so
864       // we must rebuild them here.
865       for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
866         // Skip any default arguments that we've already instantiated.
867         if (Context.getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I))
868           continue;
869 
870         Expr *DefaultArg =
871             BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)).get();
872         Context.addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I, DefaultArg);
873       }
874     }
875   }
876 
877   return false;
878 }
879 
880 static QualType adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(
881     ArrayRef<FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopes, QualType ThisTy,
882     DeclContext *CurSemaContext, ASTContext &ASTCtx) {
883 
884   QualType ClassType = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
885   LambdaScopeInfo *CurLSI = nullptr;
886   DeclContext *CurDC = CurSemaContext;
887 
888   // Iterate through the stack of lambdas starting from the innermost lambda to
889   // the outermost lambda, checking if '*this' is ever captured by copy - since
890   // that could change the cv-qualifiers of the '*this' object.
891   // The object referred to by '*this' starts out with the cv-qualifiers of its
892   // member function.  We then start with the innermost lambda and iterate
893   // outward checking to see if any lambda performs a by-copy capture of '*this'
894   // - and if so, any nested lambda must respect the 'constness' of that
895   // capturing lamdbda's call operator.
896   //
897 
898   // The issue is that we cannot rely entirely on the FunctionScopeInfo stack
899   // since ScopeInfos are pushed on during parsing and treetransforming. But
900   // since a generic lambda's call operator can be instantiated anywhere (even
901   // end of the TU) we need to be able to examine its enclosing lambdas and so
902   // we use the DeclContext to get a hold of the closure-class and query it for
903   // capture information.  The reason we don't just resort to always using the
904   // DeclContext chain is that it is only mature for lambda expressions
905   // enclosing generic lambda's call operators that are being instantiated.
906 
907   for (int I = FunctionScopes.size();
908        I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
909        CurDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurDC)) {
910     CurLSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
911 
912     if (!CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured())
913         continue;
914 
915     auto C = CurLSI->getCXXThisCapture();
916 
917     if (C.isCopyCapture()) {
918       ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
919       if (CurLSI->CallOperator->isConst())
920         ClassType.addConst();
921       return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
922     }
923   }
924   // We've run out of ScopeInfos but check if CurDC is a lambda (which can
925   // happen during instantiation of generic lambdas)
926   if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurDC)) {
927     assert(CurLSI);
928     assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator));
929     assert(CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator));
930 
931     auto IsThisCaptured =
932         [](CXXRecordDecl *Closure, bool &IsByCopy, bool &IsConst) {
933       IsConst = false;
934       IsByCopy = false;
935       for (auto &&C : Closure->captures()) {
936         if (C.capturesThis()) {
937           if (C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis)
938             IsByCopy = true;
939           if (Closure->getLambdaCallOperator()->isConst())
940             IsConst = true;
941           return true;
942         }
943       }
944       return false;
945     };
946 
947     bool IsByCopyCapture = false;
948     bool IsConstCapture = false;
949     CXXRecordDecl *Closure = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurDC->getParent());
950     while (Closure &&
951            IsThisCaptured(Closure, IsByCopyCapture, IsConstCapture)) {
952       if (IsByCopyCapture) {
953         ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
954         if (IsConstCapture)
955           ClassType.addConst();
956         return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
957       }
958       Closure = isLambdaCallOperator(Closure->getParent())
959                     ? cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Closure->getParent()->getParent())
960                     : nullptr;
961     }
962   }
963   return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
964 }
965 
966 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() {
967   DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
968   QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride;
969 
970   if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
971     if (method && method->isInstance())
972       ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context);
973   }
974 
975   if (ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext) &&
976       !ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
977 
978     assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) &&
979            "Trying to get 'this' type from static method?");
980 
981     // This is a lambda call operator that is being instantiated as a default
982     // initializer. DC must point to the enclosing class type, so we can recover
983     // the 'this' type from it.
984 
985     QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC));
986     // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers,
987     // per [expr.prim.general]p4.
988     ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy);
989   }
990 
991   // If we are within a lambda's call operator, the cv-qualifiers of 'this'
992   // might need to be adjusted if the lambda or any of its enclosing lambda's
993   // captures '*this' by copy.
994   if (!ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext))
995     return adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(FunctionScopes, ThisTy,
996                                                     CurContext, Context);
997   return ThisTy;
998 }
999 
1000 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S,
1001                                          Decl *ContextDecl,
1002                                          unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
1003                                          bool Enabled)
1004   : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false)
1005 {
1006   if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl)
1007     return;
1008 
1009   CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
1010   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl))
1011     Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl();
1012   else
1013     Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl);
1014 
1015   // We care only for CVR qualifiers here, so cut everything else.
1016   CXXThisTypeQuals &= Qualifiers::FastMask;
1017   S.CXXThisTypeOverride
1018     = S.Context.getPointerType(
1019         S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals));
1020 
1021   this->Enabled = true;
1022 }
1023 
1024 
1025 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() {
1026   if (Enabled) {
1027     S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
1028   }
1029 }
1030 
1031 static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD,
1032                          QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc,
1033                          const bool ByCopy) {
1034 
1035   QualType AdjustedThisTy = ThisTy;
1036   // The type of the corresponding data member (not a 'this' pointer if 'by
1037   // copy').
1038   QualType CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy;
1039   if (ByCopy) {
1040     // If we are capturing the object referred to by '*this' by copy, ignore any
1041     // cv qualifiers inherited from the type of the member function for the type
1042     // of the closure-type's corresponding data member and any use of 'this'.
1043     CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
1044     CaptureThisFieldTy.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
1045     AdjustedThisTy = Context.getPointerType(CaptureThisFieldTy);
1046   }
1047 
1048   FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(
1049       Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy,
1050       Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc), nullptr, false,
1051       ICIS_NoInit);
1052 
1053   Field->setImplicit(true);
1054   Field->setAccess(AS_private);
1055   RD->addDecl(Field);
1056   Expr *This =
1057       new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/ true);
1058   if (ByCopy) {
1059     Expr *StarThis =  S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc,
1060                                       UO_Deref,
1061                                       This).get();
1062     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture(
1063       nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc);
1064     InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc);
1065     InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
1066     ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
1067     if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr;
1068     return ER.get();
1069   }
1070   return This;
1071 }
1072 
1073 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit,
1074     bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt,
1075     const bool ByCopy) {
1076   // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context.
1077   if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit)
1078     return true;
1079 
1080   assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value");
1081 
1082   const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ?
1083     *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
1084 
1085   // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this')
1086   // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at
1087   // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack.
1088 
1089   // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a
1090   // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation:
1091   //    [*this] { ... }.
1092   // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference
1093   // capture.
1094 
1095   // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes
1096   // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if:
1097   // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object*
1098   // -  or, 'L' has an implicit capture.
1099   // AND
1100   //   -- there is no enclosing closure
1101   //   -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the
1102   //      *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E'
1103   //      and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*.
1104   //   -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the
1105   //      *enclosing object*
1106 
1107 
1108   unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0;
1109   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) {
1110     if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI =
1111             dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) {
1112       if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) {
1113         // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do.
1114         break;
1115       }
1116       LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
1117       if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) {
1118         // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
1119         if (BuildAndDiagnose)
1120           Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
1121               << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1122         return true;
1123       }
1124       if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref ||
1125           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval ||
1126           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block ||
1127           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion ||
1128           (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) {
1129         // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first
1130         // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures,
1131         // if any, must perform implicit captures.
1132 
1133         // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards.
1134         NumCapturingClosures++;
1135         continue;
1136       }
1137       // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
1138       if (BuildAndDiagnose)
1139         Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
1140             << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1141       return true;
1142     }
1143     break;
1144   }
1145   if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false;
1146 
1147   // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the
1148   // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it
1149   // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures).
1150 
1151   // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting
1152   // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below).  Ignore it for
1153   // all enclosing closure's upto NumCapturingClosures (since they must be
1154   // implicitly capturing the *enclosing  object* by reference (see loop
1155   // above)).
1156   assert((!ByCopy ||
1157           dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) &&
1158          "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by "
1159          "*this) by copy");
1160   // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated
1161   // contexts.
1162   QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
1163   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures;
1164       --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) {
1165     CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
1166     Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr;
1167 
1168     if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
1169       // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression,
1170       // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first
1171       // iteration.
1172       ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc,
1173                              ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1174 
1175     } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI
1176         = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]))
1177       ThisExpr =
1178           captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc,
1179                       false/*ByCopy*/);
1180 
1181     bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1;
1182     CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisExpr, ByCopy);
1183   }
1184   return false;
1185 }
1186 
1187 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
1188   /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
1189   /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
1190   /// which the function is called.
1191 
1192   QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
1193   if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
1194 
1195   CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc);
1196   return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false);
1197 }
1198 
1199 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) {
1200   // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified
1201   // type for 'this'.
1202   if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull())
1203     return false;
1204 
1205   // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being
1206   // defined.
1207   CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1208   return Class && Class->isBeingDefined();
1209 }
1210 
1211 ExprResult
1212 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
1213                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1214                                 MultiExprArg exprs,
1215                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1216   if (!TypeRep)
1217     return ExprError();
1218 
1219   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
1220   QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
1221   if (!TInfo)
1222     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());
1223 
1224   auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
1225   // Avoid creating a non-type-dependent expression that contains typos.
1226   // Non-type-dependent expressions are liable to be discarded without
1227   // checking for embedded typos.
1228   if (!Result.isInvalid() && Result.get()->isInstantiationDependent() &&
1229       !Result.get()->isTypeDependent())
1230     Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Result.get());
1231   return Result;
1232 }
1233 
1234 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
1235 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
1236 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
1237 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
1238 ExprResult
1239 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1240                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1241                                 MultiExprArg Exprs,
1242                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1243   QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
1244   SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
1245 
1246   if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) {
1247     return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs,
1248                                               RParenLoc);
1249   }
1250 
1251   bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid();
1252   assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0])))
1253          && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression.");
1254   SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc,
1255       ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc);
1256 
1257   // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
1258   // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion
1259   // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the
1260   // corresponding cast expression.
1261   if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) {
1262     Expr *Arg = Exprs[0];
1263     return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc);
1264   }
1265 
1266   // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a
1267   //   simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete
1268   //   object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue
1269   //   of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing
1270   //   an object of type T.
1271   QualType ElemTy = Ty;
1272   if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
1273     if (!ListInitialization)
1274       return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc,
1275                             diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange);
1276     ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty);
1277   }
1278 
1279   if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType())
1280     return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type)
1281                      << FullRange);
1282 
1283   if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
1284       RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy,
1285                           diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange))
1286     return ExprError();
1287 
1288   if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
1289                              diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
1290     return ExprError();
1291 
1292   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
1293   InitializationKind Kind =
1294       Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization
1295       ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc)
1296       : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc)
1297       : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1298   InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1299   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1300 
1301   if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization)
1302     return Result;
1303 
1304   Expr *Inner = Result.get();
1305   if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner))
1306     Inner = BTE->getSubExpr();
1307   if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) {
1308     // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the
1309     // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent
1310     // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here.
1311     //
1312     // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr
1313     // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a
1314     // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast
1315     // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not.
1316     QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType();
1317     Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(
1318         Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo,
1319         CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1320   }
1321 
1322   return Result;
1323 }
1324 
1325 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
1326 /// deallocation function.
1327 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
1328   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
1329     return false;
1330 
1331   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
1332     return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();
1333 
1334   if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete &&
1335       FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete)
1336     return false;
1337 
1338   unsigned UsualParams = 1;
1339 
1340   if (S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
1341       S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
1342           FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
1343           S.Context.getSizeType()))
1344     ++UsualParams;
1345 
1346   if (S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
1347       S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
1348           FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
1349           S.Context.getTypeDeclType(S.getStdAlignValT())))
1350     ++UsualParams;
1351 
1352   return UsualParams == FD->getNumParams();
1353 }
1354 
1355 namespace {
1356   struct UsualDeallocFnInfo {
1357     UsualDeallocFnInfo() : Found(), FD(nullptr) {}
1358     UsualDeallocFnInfo(Sema &S, DeclAccessPair Found)
1359         : Found(Found), FD(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())),
1360           HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false), CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) {
1361       // A function template declaration is never a usual deallocation function.
1362       if (!FD)
1363         return;
1364       if (FD->getNumParams() == 3)
1365         HasAlignValT = HasSizeT = true;
1366       else if (FD->getNumParams() == 2) {
1367         HasSizeT = FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isIntegerType();
1368         HasAlignValT = !HasSizeT;
1369       }
1370 
1371       // In CUDA, determine how much we'd like / dislike to call this.
1372       if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA)
1373         if (auto *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext))
1374           CUDAPref = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD);
1375     }
1376 
1377     operator bool() const { return FD; }
1378 
1379     bool isBetterThan(const UsualDeallocFnInfo &Other, bool WantSize,
1380                       bool WantAlign) const {
1381       // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
1382       //   If the type has new-extended alignment, a function with a parameter
1383       //   of type std::align_val_t is preferred; otherwise a function without
1384       //   such a parameter is preferred
1385       if (HasAlignValT != Other.HasAlignValT)
1386         return HasAlignValT == WantAlign;
1387 
1388       if (HasSizeT != Other.HasSizeT)
1389         return HasSizeT == WantSize;
1390 
1391       // Use CUDA call preference as a tiebreaker.
1392       return CUDAPref > Other.CUDAPref;
1393     }
1394 
1395     DeclAccessPair Found;
1396     FunctionDecl *FD;
1397     bool HasSizeT, HasAlignValT;
1398     Sema::CUDAFunctionPreference CUDAPref;
1399   };
1400 }
1401 
1402 /// Determine whether a type has new-extended alignment. This may be called when
1403 /// the type is incomplete (for a delete-expression with an incomplete pointee
1404 /// type), in which case it will conservatively return false if the alignment is
1405 /// not known.
1406 static bool hasNewExtendedAlignment(Sema &S, QualType AllocType) {
1407   return S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
1408          S.getASTContext().getTypeAlignIfKnown(AllocType) >
1409              S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
1410 }
1411 
1412 /// Select the correct "usual" deallocation function to use from a selection of
1413 /// deallocation functions (either global or class-scope).
1414 static UsualDeallocFnInfo resolveDeallocationOverload(
1415     Sema &S, LookupResult &R, bool WantSize, bool WantAlign,
1416     llvm::SmallVectorImpl<UsualDeallocFnInfo> *BestFns = nullptr) {
1417   UsualDeallocFnInfo Best;
1418 
1419   for (auto I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1420     UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(S, I.getPair());
1421     if (!Info || !isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(S, Info.FD) ||
1422         Info.CUDAPref == Sema::CFP_Never)
1423       continue;
1424 
1425     if (!Best) {
1426       Best = Info;
1427       if (BestFns)
1428         BestFns->push_back(Info);
1429       continue;
1430     }
1431 
1432     if (Best.isBetterThan(Info, WantSize, WantAlign))
1433       continue;
1434 
1435     //   If more than one preferred function is found, all non-preferred
1436     //   functions are eliminated from further consideration.
1437     if (BestFns && Info.isBetterThan(Best, WantSize, WantAlign))
1438       BestFns->clear();
1439 
1440     Best = Info;
1441     if (BestFns)
1442       BestFns->push_back(Info);
1443   }
1444 
1445   return Best;
1446 }
1447 
1448 /// Determine whether a given type is a class for which 'delete[]' would call
1449 /// a member 'operator delete[]' with a 'size_t' parameter. This implies that
1450 /// we need to store the array size (even if the type is
1451 /// trivially-destructible).
1452 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
1453                                          QualType allocType) {
1454   const RecordType *record =
1455     allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
1456   if (!record) return false;
1457 
1458   // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.
1459 
1460   DeclarationName deleteName =
1461     S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
1462   LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
1463   S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());
1464 
1465   // We're just doing this for information.
1466   ops.suppressDiagnostics();
1467 
1468   // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
1469   if (ops.empty()) return false;
1470 
1471   // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
1472   // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
1473   if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;
1474 
1475   // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
1476   //   If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
1477   //   parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
1478   auto Best = resolveDeallocationOverload(
1479       S, ops, /*WantSize*/false,
1480       /*WantAlign*/hasNewExtendedAlignment(S, allocType));
1481   return Best && Best.HasSizeT;
1482 }
1483 
1484 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
1485 ///
1486 /// E.g.:
1487 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
1488 /// or
1489 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
1490 ///
1491 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression.
1492 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'.
1493 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments.
1494 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments.
1495 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments.
1496 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range.
1497 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions.
1498 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null
1499 ///   if there is none.
1500 ExprResult
1501 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
1502                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1503                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1504                   Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) {
1505   bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType();
1506 
1507   Expr *ArraySize = nullptr;
1508   // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
1509   if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
1510       D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
1511      DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
1512     if (TypeContainsAuto)
1513       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
1514         << D.getSourceRange());
1515     if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
1516       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
1517         << D.getSourceRange());
1518     if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts)
1519       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
1520         << D.getSourceRange());
1521 
1522     ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
1523     D.DropFirstTypeObject();
1524   }
1525 
1526   // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
1527   if (ArraySize) {
1528     for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
1529       if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
1530         break;
1531 
1532       DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
1533       if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
1534         if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) {
1535           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1536 	    // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator
1537 	    //   shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t
1538 	    //   and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value.
1539             unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
1540             assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1541             llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth);
1542             Array.NumElts
1543              = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value,
1544                                                 CCEK_NewExpr)
1545                  .get();
1546           } else {
1547             Array.NumElts
1548               = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr,
1549                                                 diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
1550                   .get();
1551           }
1552           if (!Array.NumElts)
1553             return ExprError();
1554         }
1555       }
1556     }
1557   }
1558 
1559   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr);
1560   QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
1561   if (D.isInvalidType())
1562     return ExprError();
1563 
1564   SourceRange DirectInitRange;
1565   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer))
1566     DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange();
1567 
1568   return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal,
1569                      PlacementLParen,
1570                      PlacementArgs,
1571                      PlacementRParen,
1572                      TypeIdParens,
1573                      AllocType,
1574                      TInfo,
1575                      ArraySize,
1576                      DirectInitRange,
1577                      Initializer,
1578                      TypeContainsAuto);
1579 }
1580 
1581 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style,
1582                                        Expr *Init) {
1583   if (!Init)
1584     return true;
1585   if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
1586     return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0;
1587   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init))
1588     return true;
1589   else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
1590     return !CCE->isListInitialization() &&
1591            CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor();
1592   else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) {
1593     assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
1594            "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.");
1595     return true;
1596   }
1597   return false;
1598 }
1599 
1600 ExprResult
1601 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
1602                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
1603                   MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1604                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
1605                   SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1606                   QualType AllocType,
1607                   TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
1608                   Expr *ArraySize,
1609                   SourceRange DirectInitRange,
1610                   Expr *Initializer,
1611                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
1612   SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
1613   SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin();
1614 
1615   CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle;
1616   if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) {
1617     assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer.");
1618     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit;
1619   } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer))
1620     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit;
1621   else {
1622     assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) ||
1623             isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) &&
1624            "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.");
1625     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit;
1626   }
1627 
1628   Expr **Inits = &Initializer;
1629   unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0;
1630   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
1631     assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init");
1632     Inits = List->getExprs();
1633     NumInits = List->getNumExprs();
1634   }
1635 
1636   // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
1637   if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) {
1638     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0)
1639       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
1640                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1641     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit ||
1642         (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])))
1643       return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1644                             diag::err_auto_new_list_init)
1645                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1646     if (NumInits > 1) {
1647       Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1];
1648       return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(),
1649                             diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
1650                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1651     }
1652     Expr *Deduce = Inits[0];
1653     QualType DeducedType;
1654     if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed)
1655       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
1656                        << AllocType << Deduce->getType()
1657                        << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange());
1658     if (DeducedType.isNull())
1659       return ExprError();
1660     AllocType = DeducedType;
1661   }
1662 
1663   // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
1664   // typedef of an array type.
1665   if (!ArraySize) {
1666     if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
1667                               = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
1668       ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
1669                                          Context.getSizeType(),
1670                                          TypeRange.getEnd());
1671       AllocType = Array->getElementType();
1672     }
1673   }
1674 
1675   if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
1676     return ExprError();
1677 
1678   if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit &&
1679       isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) {
1680     Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1681          diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list)
1682         << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange();
1683   }
1684 
1685   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated
1686   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
1687       AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
1688       AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
1689     AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
1690                                     AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
1691   }
1692 
1693   QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
1694 
1695   if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
1696     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize);
1697     if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
1698     ArraySize = result.get();
1699   }
1700   // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have
1701   //   integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
1702   // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped
1703   //   enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit
1704   //   conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists.
1705   // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to
1706   //   std::size_t.
1707   llvm::Optional<uint64_t> KnownArraySize;
1708   if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) {
1709     ExprResult ConvertedSize;
1710     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1711       assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1712 
1713       ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(),
1714 						AA_Converting);
1715 
1716       if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() &&
1717           ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
1718         // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion.
1719         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion)
1720           << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'";
1721     } else {
1722       class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
1723       protected:
1724         Expr *ArraySize;
1725 
1726       public:
1727         SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize)
1728             : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false),
1729               ArraySize(ArraySize) {}
1730 
1731         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1732                                              QualType T) override {
1733           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral)
1734                    << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T;
1735         }
1736 
1737         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
1738             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1739           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
1740                    << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1741         }
1742 
1743         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
1744             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
1745           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
1746         }
1747 
1748         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
1749             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1750           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1751                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1752         }
1753 
1754         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
1755             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1756           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
1757         }
1758 
1759         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
1760             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1761           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1762                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1763         }
1764 
1765         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1766                                                  QualType T,
1767                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
1768           return S.Diag(Loc,
1769                         S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
1770                           ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion
1771                           : diag::ext_array_size_conversion)
1772                    << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1773         }
1774       } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize);
1775 
1776       ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize,
1777                                                           SizeDiagnoser);
1778     }
1779     if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
1780       return ExprError();
1781 
1782     ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get();
1783     QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
1784 
1785     if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
1786       return ExprError();
1787 
1788     // C++98 [expr.new]p7:
1789     //   The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type
1790     //   with a non-negative value.
1791     //
1792     // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand,
1793     // per CWG1464. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an
1794     // unparenthesized array type.
1795     if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
1796       llvm::APSInt Value;
1797       // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or
1798       // unscoped enumeration type.
1799       // FIXME: Per CWG1464, we are required to check the value prior to
1800       // converting to size_t. This will never find a negative array size in
1801       // C++14 onwards, because Value is always unsigned here!
1802       if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) {
1803         if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
1804           return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1805                                 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
1806                            << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1807         }
1808 
1809         if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
1810           unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
1811             ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
1812           if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context))
1813             return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1814                                   diag::err_array_too_large)
1815                              << Value.toString(10)
1816                              << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1817         }
1818 
1819         KnownArraySize = Value.getZExtValue();
1820       } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
1821         // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
1822         Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
1823           << ArraySize->getSourceRange()
1824           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
1825           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());
1826 
1827         TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
1828       }
1829     }
1830 
1831     // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way.  It can
1832     // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
1833   }
1834 
1835   FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr;
1836   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
1837   unsigned Alignment =
1838       AllocType->isDependentType() ? 0 : Context.getTypeAlign(AllocType);
1839   unsigned NewAlignment = Context.getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
1840   bool PassAlignment = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
1841                        Alignment > NewAlignment;
1842 
1843   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1844       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) &&
1845       FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc,
1846                               SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen),
1847                               UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PassAlignment,
1848                               PlacementArgs, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
1849     return ExprError();
1850 
1851   // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
1852   // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
1853   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
1854   if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
1855     UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
1856         doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
1857 
1858   SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
1859   if (OperatorNew) {
1860     const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
1861         OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1862     VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction
1863                                                     : VariadicDoesNotApply;
1864 
1865     // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default
1866     // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding
1867     // argument. Skip the second parameter too if we're passing in the
1868     // alignment; we've already filled it in.
1869     if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto,
1870                                PassAlignment ? 2 : 1, PlacementArgs,
1871                                AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
1872       return ExprError();
1873 
1874     if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty())
1875       PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs;
1876 
1877     // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument.
1878     DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs);
1879 
1880     // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent
1881 
1882     // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by (unaligned)
1883     // global operator new.
1884     if (PlacementArgs.empty() && !PassAlignment &&
1885         (OperatorNew->isImplicit() ||
1886          (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() &&
1887           getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) {
1888       if (Alignment > NewAlignment)
1889         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type)
1890             << AllocType
1891             << unsigned(Alignment / Context.getCharWidth())
1892             << unsigned(NewAlignment / Context.getCharWidth());
1893     }
1894   }
1895 
1896   // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses.
1897   // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the
1898   // dialect distinction.
1899   if (ArraySize && !isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) {
1900     SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1901                           Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd());
1902     Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
1903     return ExprError();
1904   }
1905 
1906   // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so,
1907   // do it now.
1908   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1909       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(
1910           llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) {
1911     // The type we initialize is the complete type, including the array bound.
1912     QualType InitType;
1913     if (KnownArraySize)
1914       InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(
1915           AllocType, llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()),
1916                                  *KnownArraySize),
1917           ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1918     else if (ArraySize)
1919       InitType =
1920           Context.getIncompleteArrayType(AllocType, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1921     else
1922       InitType = AllocType;
1923 
1924     // C++11 [expr.new]p15:
1925     //   A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
1926     //   object as follows:
1927     InitializationKind Kind
1928     //     - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
1929     //       initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
1930     //       the object has indeterminate value
1931       = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit
1932           ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
1933     //     - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the
1934     //       initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
1935           : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit
1936               ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin())
1937               : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
1938                                                  DirectInitRange.getBegin(),
1939                                                  DirectInitRange.getEnd());
1940 
1941     InitializedEntity Entity
1942       = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType);
1943     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind,
1944                                    MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1945     ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
1946                                           MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1947     if (FullInit.isInvalid())
1948       return ExprError();
1949 
1950     // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because
1951     // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed.
1952     // FIXME: We should not create these in the first place.
1953     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder =
1954             dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get()))
1955       FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr();
1956 
1957     Initializer = FullInit.get();
1958   }
1959 
1960   // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
1961   if (OperatorNew) {
1962     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc))
1963       return ExprError();
1964     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
1965   }
1966   if (OperatorDelete) {
1967     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc))
1968       return ExprError();
1969     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
1970   }
1971 
1972   // C++0x [expr.new]p17:
1973   //   If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type,
1974   //   access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor.
1975   QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1976   if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) {
1977     if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1978       if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor(
1979               cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) {
1980         MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor);
1981         CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor,
1982                               PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor)
1983                                 << BaseAllocType);
1984         if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc))
1985           return ExprError();
1986       }
1987     }
1988   }
1989 
1990   return new (Context)
1991       CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, PassAlignment,
1992                  UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens,
1993                  ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
1994                  Range, DirectInitRange);
1995 }
1996 
1997 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
1998 /// in a new-expression.
1999 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
2000                               SourceRange R) {
2001   // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
2002   //   abstract class type or array thereof.
2003   if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
2004     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
2005       << AllocType << 0 << R;
2006   else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
2007     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
2008       << AllocType << 1 << R;
2009   else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
2010            RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R))
2011     return true;
2012   else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
2013                                   diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
2014     return true;
2015   else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
2016     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
2017              << AllocType;
2018   else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace())
2019     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
2020       << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
2021   else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
2022     if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
2023       QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
2024       if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
2025           BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
2026         return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership)
2027           << BaseAllocType;
2028     }
2029   }
2030 
2031   return false;
2032 }
2033 
2034 static bool
2035 resolveAllocationOverload(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range,
2036                           SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args, bool &PassAlignment,
2037                           FunctionDecl *&Operator,
2038                           OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates = nullptr,
2039                           Expr *AlignArg = nullptr) {
2040   OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(),
2041                                   OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
2042   for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
2043        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
2044     // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
2045     // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
2046     NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2047 
2048     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
2049       S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
2050                                      /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args,
2051                                      Candidates,
2052                                      /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2053       continue;
2054     }
2055 
2056     FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
2057     S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
2058                            /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2059   }
2060 
2061   // Do the resolution.
2062   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2063   switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
2064   case OR_Success: {
2065     // Got one!
2066     FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
2067     if (S.CheckAllocationAccess(R.getNameLoc(), Range, R.getNamingClass(),
2068                                 Best->FoundDecl) == Sema::AR_inaccessible)
2069       return true;
2070 
2071     Operator = FnDecl;
2072     return false;
2073   }
2074 
2075   case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2076     // C++17 [expr.new]p13:
2077     //   If no matching function is found and the allocated object type has
2078     //   new-extended alignment, the alignment argument is removed from the
2079     //   argument list, and overload resolution is performed again.
2080     if (PassAlignment) {
2081       PassAlignment = false;
2082       AlignArg = Args[1];
2083       Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
2084       return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
2085                                        Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg);
2086     }
2087 
2088     // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new
2089     // if operator new[] cannot be found.  Also, MSVC will leak by not
2090     // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we
2091     // will not replicate that bug.
2092     // FIXME: Find out how this interacts with the std::align_val_t fallback
2093     // once MSVC implements it.
2094     if (R.getLookupName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New &&
2095         S.Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
2096       R.clear();
2097       R.setLookupName(S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New));
2098       S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2099       // FIXME: This will give bad diagnostics pointing at the wrong functions.
2100       return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
2101                                        Operator, nullptr);
2102     }
2103 
2104     S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
2105       << R.getLookupName() << Range;
2106 
2107     // If we have aligned candidates, only note the align_val_t candidates
2108     // from AlignedCandidates and the non-align_val_t candidates from
2109     // Candidates.
2110     if (AlignedCandidates) {
2111       auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) {
2112         return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 &&
2113                C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT();
2114       };
2115       auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); };
2116 
2117       // This was an overaligned allocation, so list the aligned candidates
2118       // first.
2119       Args.insert(Args.begin() + 1, AlignArg);
2120       AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "",
2121                                         R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned);
2122       Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
2123       Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", R.getNameLoc(),
2124                                 IsUnaligned);
2125     } else {
2126       Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2127     }
2128     return true;
2129 
2130   case OR_Ambiguous:
2131     S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
2132       << R.getLookupName() << Range;
2133     Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
2134     return true;
2135 
2136   case OR_Deleted: {
2137     S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
2138       << Best->Function->isDeleted()
2139       << R.getLookupName()
2140       << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
2141       << Range;
2142     Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2143     return true;
2144   }
2145   }
2146   llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
2147 }
2148 
2149 
2150 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete
2151 /// that are appropriate for the allocation.
2152 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
2153                                    bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType,
2154                                    bool IsArray, bool &PassAlignment,
2155                                    MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
2156                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
2157                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) {
2158   // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
2159   // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
2160   // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look
2161   //   in the scope of the allocated class.
2162   // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
2163   //   operator new.
2164   // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
2165   //   placement form.
2166 
2167   SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs;
2168   AllocArgs.reserve((PassAlignment ? 2 : 1) + PlaceArgs.size());
2169 
2170   // We don't care about the actual value of these arguments.
2171   // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
2172   // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
2173   // FIXME: Using a dummy value will interact poorly with attribute enable_if.
2174   IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
2175                       Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)),
2176                       Context.getSizeType(),
2177                       SourceLocation());
2178   AllocArgs.push_back(&Size);
2179 
2180   QualType AlignValT = Context.VoidTy;
2181   if (PassAlignment) {
2182     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2183     AlignValT = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT());
2184   }
2185   CXXScalarValueInitExpr Align(AlignValT, nullptr, SourceLocation());
2186   if (PassAlignment)
2187     AllocArgs.push_back(&Align);
2188 
2189   AllocArgs.insert(AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end());
2190 
2191   // C++ [expr.new]p8:
2192   //   If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
2193   //   function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
2194   //   name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
2195   //   type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
2196   //   deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
2197   DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2198       IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
2199 
2200   QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
2201 
2202   // Find the allocation function.
2203   {
2204     LookupResult R(*this, NewName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2205 
2206     // C++1z [expr.new]p9:
2207     //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the allocation
2208     //   function's name is looked up in the global scope. Otherwise, if the
2209     //   allocated type is a class type T or array thereof, the allocation
2210     //   function's name is looked up in the scope of T.
2211     if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal)
2212       LookupQualifiedName(R, AllocElemType->getAsCXXRecordDecl());
2213 
2214     // We can see ambiguity here if the allocation function is found in
2215     // multiple base classes.
2216     if (R.isAmbiguous())
2217       return true;
2218 
2219     //   If this lookup fails to find the name, or if the allocated type is not
2220     //   a class type, the allocation function's name is looked up in the
2221     //   global scope.
2222     if (R.empty())
2223       LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2224 
2225     assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found");
2226     assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous");
2227 
2228     // We do our own custom access checks below.
2229     R.suppressDiagnostics();
2230 
2231     if (resolveAllocationOverload(*this, R, Range, AllocArgs, PassAlignment,
2232                                   OperatorNew))
2233       return true;
2234   }
2235 
2236   // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under -fno-exceptions.
2237   if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) {
2238     OperatorDelete = nullptr;
2239     return false;
2240   }
2241 
2242   // Note, the name of OperatorNew might have been changed from array to
2243   // non-array by resolveAllocationOverload.
2244   DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2245       OperatorNew->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New
2246           ? OO_Array_Delete
2247           : OO_Delete);
2248 
2249   // C++ [expr.new]p19:
2250   //
2251   //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
2252   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
2253   //   scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
2254   //   array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
2255   //   the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
2256   //   the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
2257   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
2258   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2259   if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
2260     CXXRecordDecl *RD
2261       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2262     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
2263   }
2264   if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
2265     return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?
2266 
2267   bool FoundGlobalDelete = FoundDelete.empty();
2268   if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
2269     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2270     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2271   }
2272 
2273   FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();
2274 
2275   SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;
2276 
2277   // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
2278   // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
2279   // we had explicit placement arguments.  This matters for things like
2280   //   struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
2281   //   A *a = new A()
2282   //
2283   // We don't have any definition for what a "placement allocation function"
2284   // is, but we assume it's any allocation function whose
2285   // parameter-declaration-clause is anything other than (size_t).
2286   //
2287   // FIXME: Should (size_t, std::align_val_t) also be considered non-placement?
2288   // This affects whether an exception from the constructor of an overaligned
2289   // type uses the sized or non-sized form of aligned operator delete.
2290   bool isPlacementNew = !PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1 ||
2291                         OperatorNew->isVariadic();
2292 
2293   if (isPlacementNew) {
2294     // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2295     //   A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
2296     //   declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
2297     //   same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
2298     //   (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
2299     //   identical. [...]
2300     //
2301     // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
2302     // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
2303     // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
2304     //
2305     // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like.
2306     QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
2307     {
2308       const FunctionProtoType *Proto
2309         = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2310 
2311       SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
2312       ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
2313       for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I)
2314         ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I));
2315 
2316       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
2317       // FIXME: This is not part of the standard's rule.
2318       EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();
2319       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_BasicNoexcept;
2320 
2321       ExpectedFunctionType
2322         = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI);
2323     }
2324 
2325     for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
2326                              DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
2327          D != DEnd; ++D) {
2328       FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr;
2329       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl
2330             = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
2331         // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
2332         // expected function type.
2333         TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc);
2334         if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn,
2335                                     Info))
2336           continue;
2337       } else
2338         Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());
2339 
2340       if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType))
2341         Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
2342     }
2343 
2344     if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
2345       EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
2346   } else {
2347     // C++1y [expr.new]p22:
2348     //   For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation
2349     //   function lookup is used
2350     //
2351     // Per [expr.delete]p10, this lookup prefers a member operator delete
2352     // without a size_t argument, but prefers a non-member operator delete
2353     // with a size_t where possible (which it always is in this case).
2354     llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> BestDeallocFns;
2355     UsualDeallocFnInfo Selected = resolveDeallocationOverload(
2356         *this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/ FoundGlobalDelete,
2357         /*WantAlign*/ hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, AllocElemType),
2358         &BestDeallocFns);
2359     if (Selected)
2360       Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Selected.Found, Selected.FD));
2361     else {
2362       // If we failed to select an operator, all remaining functions are viable
2363       // but ambiguous.
2364       for (auto Fn : BestDeallocFns)
2365         Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Fn.Found, Fn.FD));
2366     }
2367   }
2368 
2369   // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2370   //   [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
2371   //   function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
2372   //   deallocation function will be called.
2373   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
2374     OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;
2375 
2376     // C++1z [expr.new]p23:
2377     //   If the lookup finds a usual deallocation function (3.7.4.2)
2378     //   with a parameter of type std::size_t and that function, considered
2379     //   as a placement deallocation function, would have been
2380     //   selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
2381     //   is ill-formed.
2382     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isPlacementNew &&
2383         isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) {
2384       UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(*this,
2385                               DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public));
2386       // Core issue, per mail to core reflector, 2016-10-09:
2387       //   If this is a member operator delete, and there is a corresponding
2388       //   non-sized member operator delete, this isn't /really/ a sized
2389       //   deallocation function, it just happens to have a size_t parameter.
2390       bool IsSizedDelete = Info.HasSizeT;
2391       if (IsSizedDelete && !FoundGlobalDelete) {
2392         auto NonSizedDelete =
2393             resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/false,
2394                                         /*WantAlign*/Info.HasAlignValT);
2395         if (NonSizedDelete && !NonSizedDelete.HasSizeT &&
2396             NonSizedDelete.HasAlignValT == Info.HasAlignValT)
2397           IsSizedDelete = false;
2398       }
2399 
2400       if (IsSizedDelete) {
2401         SourceRange R = PlaceArgs.empty()
2402                             ? SourceRange()
2403                             : SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(),
2404                                           PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd());
2405         Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) << R;
2406         if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit())
2407           Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2408               << DeleteName;
2409       }
2410     }
2411 
2412     CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
2413                           Matches[0].first);
2414   } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
2415     // We found multiple suitable operators. Per [expr.new]p20, that means we
2416     // call no 'operator delete' function, but we should at least warn the user.
2417     // FIXME: Suppress this warning if the construction cannot throw.
2418     Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_ambiguous_suitable_delete_function_found)
2419       << DeleteName << AllocElemType;
2420 
2421     for (auto &Match : Matches)
2422       Diag(Match.second->getLocation(),
2423            diag::note_member_declared_here) << DeleteName;
2424   }
2425 
2426   return false;
2427 }
2428 
2429 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
2430 /// delete. These are:
2431 /// @code
2432 ///   // C++03:
2433 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2434 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2435 ///   void operator delete(void *) throw();
2436 ///   void operator delete[](void *) throw();
2437 ///   // C++11:
2438 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2439 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2440 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2441 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2442 ///   // C++1y:
2443 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2444 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2445 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2446 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2447 ///   void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2448 ///   void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2449 /// @endcode
2450 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
2451 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
2452 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
2453   if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
2454     return;
2455 
2456   // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
2457   //   [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
2458   //   implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
2459   //   program
2460   //
2461   //     C++03:
2462   //     void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2463   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2464   //     void  operator delete(void*) throw();
2465   //     void  operator delete[](void*) throw();
2466   //     C++11:
2467   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2468   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2469   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2470   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2471   //     C++1y:
2472   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2473   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2474   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2475   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2476   //     void  operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2477   //     void  operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2478   //
2479   //   These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
2480   //   new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
2481   //
2482   // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
2483   // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
2484   // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
2485   // lookup.
2486   if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2487     // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
2488     // implicitly.
2489     StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
2490                                         getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
2491                                         SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
2492                                       &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
2493                                         nullptr);
2494     getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
2495   }
2496   if (!StdAlignValT && getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation) {
2497     // The "std::align_val_t" enum class has not yet been declared, so build it
2498     // implicitly.
2499     auto *AlignValT = EnumDecl::Create(
2500         Context, getOrCreateStdNamespace(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
2501         &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("align_val_t"), nullptr, true, true, true);
2502     AlignValT->setIntegerType(Context.getSizeType());
2503     AlignValT->setPromotionType(Context.getSizeType());
2504     AlignValT->setImplicit(true);
2505     StdAlignValT = AlignValT;
2506   }
2507 
2508   GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;
2509 
2510   QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
2511   QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
2512 
2513   auto DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions = [&](OverloadedOperatorKind Kind,
2514                                               QualType Return, QualType Param) {
2515     llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> Params;
2516     Params.push_back(Param);
2517 
2518     // Create up to four variants of the function (sized/aligned).
2519     bool HasSizedVariant = getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation &&
2520                            (Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete);
2521     bool HasAlignedVariant = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation;
2522 
2523     int NumSizeVariants = (HasSizedVariant ? 2 : 1);
2524     int NumAlignVariants = (HasAlignedVariant ? 2 : 1);
2525     for (int Sized = 0; Sized < NumSizeVariants; ++Sized) {
2526       if (Sized)
2527         Params.push_back(SizeT);
2528 
2529       for (int Aligned = 0; Aligned < NumAlignVariants; ++Aligned) {
2530         if (Aligned)
2531           Params.push_back(Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT()));
2532 
2533         DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2534             Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Kind), Return, Params);
2535 
2536         if (Aligned)
2537           Params.pop_back();
2538       }
2539     }
2540   };
2541 
2542   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
2543   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
2544   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2545   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2546 }
2547 
2548 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
2549 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
2550 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
2551                                            QualType Return,
2552                                            ArrayRef<QualType> Params) {
2553   DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2554 
2555   // Check if this function is already declared.
2556   DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
2557   for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
2558        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
2559     // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
2560     // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
2561     if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
2562       if (Func->getNumParams() == Params.size()) {
2563         llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> FuncParams;
2564         for (auto *P : Func->parameters())
2565           FuncParams.push_back(
2566               Context.getCanonicalType(P->getType().getUnqualifiedType()));
2567         if (llvm::makeArrayRef(FuncParams) == Params) {
2568           // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in
2569           // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global
2570           // allocation function, or is suppressing that function.
2571           Func->setHidden(false);
2572           return;
2573         }
2574       }
2575     }
2576   }
2577 
2578   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
2579 
2580   QualType BadAllocType;
2581   bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
2582     = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
2583        Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
2584   if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
2585     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2586       BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
2587       assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
2588       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic;
2589       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType);
2590     }
2591   } else {
2592     EPI.ExceptionSpec =
2593         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
2594   }
2595 
2596   QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, Params, EPI);
2597   FunctionDecl *Alloc =
2598     FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(),
2599                          SourceLocation(), Name,
2600                          FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true);
2601   Alloc->setImplicit();
2602 
2603   // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility.
2604   Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
2605                                                 VisibilityAttr::Default));
2606 
2607   llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 3> ParamDecls;
2608   for (QualType T : Params) {
2609     ParamDecls.push_back(
2610         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
2611                             nullptr, T, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr));
2612     ParamDecls.back()->setImplicit();
2613   }
2614   Alloc->setParams(ParamDecls);
2615 
2616   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
2617   IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name);
2618 }
2619 
2620 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2621                                                   bool CanProvideSize,
2622                                                   bool Overaligned,
2623                                                   DeclarationName Name) {
2624   DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2625 
2626   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2627   LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2628 
2629   // FIXME: It's possible for this to result in ambiguity, through a
2630   // user-declared variadic operator delete or the enable_if attribute. We
2631   // should probably not consider those cases to be usual deallocation
2632   // functions. But for now we just make an arbitrary choice in that case.
2633   auto Result = resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, CanProvideSize,
2634                                             Overaligned);
2635   assert(Result.FD && "operator delete missing from global scope?");
2636   return Result.FD;
2637 }
2638 
2639 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation Loc,
2640                                                           CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
2641   DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
2642 
2643   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
2644   if (FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, RD, Name, OperatorDelete))
2645     return nullptr;
2646   if (OperatorDelete)
2647     return OperatorDelete;
2648 
2649   // If there's no class-specific operator delete, look up the global
2650   // non-array delete.
2651   return FindUsualDeallocationFunction(
2652       Loc, true, hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)),
2653       Name);
2654 }
2655 
2656 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
2657                                     DeclarationName Name,
2658                                     FunctionDecl *&Operator, bool Diagnose) {
2659   LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2660   // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
2661   LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
2662 
2663   if (Found.isAmbiguous())
2664     return true;
2665 
2666   Found.suppressDiagnostics();
2667 
2668   bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD));
2669 
2670   // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
2671   //   If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
2672   //   parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
2673   llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> Matches;
2674   resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, Found, /*WantSize*/ false,
2675                               /*WantAlign*/ Overaligned, &Matches);
2676 
2677   // If we could find an overload, use it.
2678   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
2679     Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0].FD);
2680 
2681     // FIXME: DiagnoseUseOfDecl?
2682     if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
2683       if (Diagnose) {
2684         Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
2685         NoteDeletedFunction(Operator);
2686       }
2687       return true;
2688     }
2689 
2690     if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
2691                               Matches[0].Found, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
2692       return true;
2693 
2694     return false;
2695   }
2696 
2697   // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity.
2698   // FIXME: The standard doesn't say to do this; it appears that the intent
2699   // is that this should never happen.
2700   if (!Matches.empty()) {
2701     if (Diagnose) {
2702       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2703         << Name << RD;
2704       for (auto &Match : Matches)
2705         Diag(Match.FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2706     }
2707     return true;
2708   }
2709 
2710   // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
2711   // none of them were suitable.
2712   if (!Found.empty()) {
2713     if (Diagnose) {
2714       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2715         << Name << RD;
2716 
2717       for (NamedDecl *D : Found)
2718         Diag(D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
2719              diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2720     }
2721     return true;
2722   }
2723 
2724   Operator = nullptr;
2725   return false;
2726 }
2727 
2728 namespace {
2729 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for
2730 ///  initializing deletee have the same array form.
2731 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector {
2732 public:
2733   enum MismatchResult {
2734     /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven.
2735     NoMismatch,
2736     /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2737     VarInitMismatches,
2738     /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2739     MemberInitMismatches,
2740     /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been
2741     /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit.
2742     AnalyzeLater
2743   };
2744 
2745   /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of
2746   /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point
2747   /// delete-expression was encountered.
2748   explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU)
2749       : Field(nullptr), IsArrayForm(false), EndOfTU(EndOfTU),
2750         HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {}
2751 
2752   /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with
2753   /// matching form of new-expression.
2754   ///
2755   /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the
2756   /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be
2757   /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where
2758   /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of
2759   /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor
2760   /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member
2761   /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch.
2762   MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
2763   /// \brief Analyzes a class member.
2764   /// \param Field Class member to analyze.
2765   /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used
2766   /// for deleting the \p Field.
2767   MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
2768   FieldDecl *Field;
2769   /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee
2770   llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs;
2771   /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form.
2772   bool IsArrayForm;
2773 
2774 private:
2775   const bool EndOfTU;
2776   /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body.
2777   bool HasUndefinedConstructors;
2778   /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression.
2779   /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression.
2780   /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression.
2781   const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E);
2782   /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of
2783   /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization.
2784   ///
2785   /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation
2786   /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching
2787   /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return
2788   /// \c NoMismatch.
2789   MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME);
2790   /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of
2791   /// \c new.
2792   ///
2793   /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not
2794   /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true.
2795   /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false.
2796   /// \param D Variable to analyze.
2797   bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D);
2798   /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching
2799   /// form of \c new.
2800   ///
2801   /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in
2802   /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the
2803   /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given
2804   /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or
2805   /// member isn't initialized by the constructor.
2806   bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
2807   /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of
2808   /// \c new in member initializer list.
2809   bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI);
2810   /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by
2811   /// in-class initializer.
2812   MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer();
2813 };
2814 }
2815 
2816 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2817 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
2818   NewExprs.clear();
2819   assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression");
2820   IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm();
2821   const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2822   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) {
2823     return analyzeMemberExpr(ME);
2824   } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
2825     if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D))
2826       return VarInitMismatches;
2827   }
2828   return NoMismatch;
2829 }
2830 
2831 const CXXNewExpr *
2832 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) {
2833   assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression");
2834   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2835   if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) {
2836     if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
2837       E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
2838   }
2839 
2840   return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E);
2841 }
2842 
2843 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(
2844     const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) {
2845   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2846   if (Field == CI->getMember() &&
2847       (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) {
2848     if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm)
2849       return true;
2850     else
2851       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2852   }
2853   return false;
2854 }
2855 
2856 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor(
2857     const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
2858   if (CD->isImplicit())
2859     return false;
2860   const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD;
2861   if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) {
2862     HasUndefinedConstructors = true;
2863     return EndOfTU;
2864   }
2865   for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) {
2866     if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI))
2867       return true;
2868   }
2869   return false;
2870 }
2871 
2872 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2873 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() {
2874   assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members");
2875   const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer();
2876   if (!InitExpr)
2877     return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
2878   if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) {
2879     if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2880       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2881       return MemberInitMismatches;
2882     }
2883   }
2884   return NoMismatch;
2885 }
2886 
2887 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2888 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field,
2889                                            bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
2890   assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member.");
2891   this->Field = Field;
2892   IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm;
2893   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent());
2894   for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) {
2895     if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD))
2896       return NoMismatch;
2897   }
2898   if (HasUndefinedConstructors)
2899     return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
2900   if (!NewExprs.empty())
2901     return MemberInitMismatches;
2902   return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer()
2903                                         : NoMismatch;
2904 }
2905 
2906 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2907 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) {
2908   assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression");
2909   if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2910     return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm);
2911   return NoMismatch;
2912 }
2913 
2914 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) {
2915   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2916   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) {
2917     if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) &&
2918         NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2919       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2920     }
2921   }
2922   return NewExprs.empty();
2923 }
2924 
2925 static void
2926 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
2927                             const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) {
2928   SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc);
2929   FixItHint H;
2930   if (!Detector.IsArrayForm)
2931     H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]");
2932   else {
2933     SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
2934         DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(),
2935         SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true);
2936     if (RSquare.isValid())
2937       H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare));
2938   }
2939   SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new)
2940       << Detector.IsArrayForm << H;
2941 
2942   for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs)
2943     SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here)
2944         << Detector.IsArrayForm;
2945 }
2946 
2947 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
2948   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation()))
2949     return;
2950   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false);
2951   switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) {
2952   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
2953   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: {
2954     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector);
2955     break;
2956   }
2957   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: {
2958     DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back(
2959         std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm()));
2960     break;
2961   }
2962   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
2963     break;
2964   }
2965 }
2966 
2967 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
2968                                      bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
2969   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true);
2970   switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) {
2971   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
2972     llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members.");
2973   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater:
2974     llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of "
2975                      "translation unit.");
2976   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches:
2977     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector);
2978     break;
2979   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
2980     break;
2981   }
2982 }
2983 
2984 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
2985 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
2986 /// or
2987 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
2988 ExprResult
2989 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
2990                      bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
2991   // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
2992   //   The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
2993   //   non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type
2994   //   void.
2995   //
2996   // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.
2997 
2998   ExprResult Ex = ExE;
2999   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
3000   bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
3001   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
3002 
3003   if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
3004     // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed.
3005     Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get());
3006     if (Ex.isInvalid())
3007       return ExprError();
3008 
3009     QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();
3010 
3011     class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
3012     public:
3013       DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {}
3014 
3015       bool match(QualType ConvType) override {
3016         // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick
3017         // the operator T*.
3018         if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
3019           if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
3020             return true;
3021         return false;
3022       }
3023 
3024       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3025                                             QualType T) override {
3026         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T;
3027       }
3028 
3029       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3030                                                QualType T) override {
3031         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T;
3032       }
3033 
3034       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3035                                                  QualType T,
3036                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
3037         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
3038       }
3039 
3040       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
3041                                              QualType ConvTy) override {
3042         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
3043           << ConvTy;
3044       }
3045 
3046       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3047                                               QualType T) override {
3048         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T;
3049       }
3050 
3051       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
3052                                           QualType ConvTy) override {
3053         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
3054           << ConvTy;
3055       }
3056 
3057       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3058                                                QualType T,
3059                                                QualType ConvTy) override {
3060         llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
3061       }
3062     } Converter;
3063 
3064     Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter);
3065     if (Ex.isInvalid())
3066       return ExprError();
3067     Type = Ex.get()->getType();
3068     if (!Converter.match(Type))
3069       // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError
3070       //        itself in this case.
3071       return ExprError();
3072 
3073     QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3074     QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);
3075 
3076     if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace())
3077       return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(),
3078                   diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
3079                << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
3080 
3081     CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr;
3082     if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
3083       // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
3084       // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
3085       // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
3086       Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
3087         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
3088     } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) {
3089       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
3090         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
3091     } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) {
3092       // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a
3093       // module but is hidden.
3094       if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
3095                                diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) {
3096         if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>())
3097           PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
3098       }
3099     }
3100 
3101     if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
3102       Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
3103           << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
3104           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
3105       ArrayForm = true;
3106     }
3107 
3108     DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3109                                       ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
3110 
3111     if (PointeeRD) {
3112       if (!UseGlobal &&
3113           FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName,
3114                                    OperatorDelete))
3115         return ExprError();
3116 
3117       // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
3118       // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
3119       if (ArrayForm) {
3120         // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
3121         // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
3122         if (UseGlobal)
3123           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
3124             doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);
3125 
3126         // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
3127         // function we just found.
3128         else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
3129           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
3130             UsualDeallocFnInfo(*this,
3131                                DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public))
3132               .HasSizeT;
3133       }
3134 
3135       if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
3136         if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
3137           MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc,
3138                                     const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
3139           if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc))
3140             return ExprError();
3141         }
3142 
3143       CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc,
3144                            /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true,
3145                            /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm,
3146                            SourceLocation());
3147     }
3148 
3149     if (!OperatorDelete) {
3150       bool IsComplete = isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee);
3151       bool CanProvideSize =
3152           IsComplete && (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize ||
3153                          Pointee.isDestructedType());
3154       bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Pointee);
3155 
3156       // Look for a global declaration.
3157       OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, CanProvideSize,
3158                                                      Overaligned, DeleteName);
3159     }
3160 
3161     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
3162 
3163     // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor.
3164     if (PointeeRD) {
3165       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
3166           CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
3167                       PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
3168       }
3169     }
3170   }
3171 
3172   CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(
3173       Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten,
3174       UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc);
3175   AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result);
3176   return Result;
3177 }
3178 
3179 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
3180                                 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
3181                                 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
3182                                 SourceLocation DtorLoc) {
3183   if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual)
3184     return;
3185 
3186   // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
3187   //   In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
3188   //   object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
3189   //   type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
3190   //   deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
3191   //   behavior is undefined.
3192   //
3193   const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent();
3194   // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
3195   if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
3196     return;
3197 
3198   QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType();
3199   if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
3200     // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
3201     // sure the code has undefined behavior.
3202     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
3203                                                            << ClassType;
3204   } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) {
3205     // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
3206     // but not necessarily wrong.
3207     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
3208                                                   << ClassType;
3209   }
3210   if (!IsDelete) {
3211     std::string TypeStr;
3212     ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy());
3213     Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual)
3214         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::");
3215   }
3216 }
3217 
3218 Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar,
3219                                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3220                                                    ConditionKind CK) {
3221   ExprResult E =
3222       CheckConditionVariable(cast<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), StmtLoc, CK);
3223   if (E.isInvalid())
3224     return ConditionError();
3225   return ConditionResult(*this, ConditionVar, MakeFullExpr(E.get(), StmtLoc),
3226                          CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf);
3227 }
3228 
3229 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
3230 /// while, do-while, or switch statement.
3231 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
3232                                         SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3233                                         ConditionKind CK) {
3234   if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl())
3235     return ExprError();
3236 
3237   QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();
3238 
3239   // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
3240   //   The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
3241   if (T->isFunctionType())
3242     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
3243                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
3244                        << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
3245   else if (T->isArrayType())
3246     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
3247                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
3248                      << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
3249 
3250   ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create(
3251       Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar,
3252       /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(),
3253       ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue);
3254 
3255   MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get()));
3256 
3257   switch (CK) {
3258   case ConditionKind::Boolean:
3259     return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());
3260 
3261   case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf:
3262     return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get(), true);
3263 
3264   case ConditionKind::Switch:
3265     return CheckSwitchCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());
3266   }
3267 
3268   llvm_unreachable("unexpected condition kind");
3269 }
3270 
3271 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
3272 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr) {
3273   // C++ 6.4p4:
3274   // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
3275   // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
3276   // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
3277   // program is ill-formed.
3278   // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
3279   // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
3280   //
3281   // FIXME: Return this value to the caller so they don't need to recompute it.
3282   llvm::APSInt Value(/*BitWidth*/1);
3283   return (IsConstexpr && !CondExpr->isValueDependent())
3284              ? CheckConvertedConstantExpression(CondExpr, Context.BoolTy, Value,
3285                                                 CCEK_ConstexprIf)
3286              : PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
3287 }
3288 
3289 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
3290 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
3291 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
3292 /// respectively).
3293 bool
3294 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
3295   // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
3296   if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
3297     From = Cast->getSubExpr();
3298 
3299   // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
3300   // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
3301   // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
3302   // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
3303   if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
3304     if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
3305       if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
3306           = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3307         // This conversion is considered only when there is an
3308         // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
3309         if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) {
3310           switch (StrLit->getKind()) {
3311             case StringLiteral::UTF8:
3312             case StringLiteral::UTF16:
3313             case StringLiteral::UTF32:
3314               // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted
3315               break;
3316             case StringLiteral::Ascii:
3317               return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
3318                       ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S);
3319             case StringLiteral::Wide:
3320               return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(),
3321                                                 QualType(ToPointeeType, 0));
3322           }
3323         }
3324       }
3325 
3326   return false;
3327 }
3328 
3329 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
3330                                        SourceLocation CastLoc,
3331                                        QualType Ty,
3332                                        CastKind Kind,
3333                                        CXXMethodDecl *Method,
3334                                        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3335                                        bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3336                                        Expr *From) {
3337   switch (Kind) {
3338   default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!");
3339   case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
3340     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method);
3341     SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
3342 
3343     if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty,
3344                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
3345       return ExprError();
3346 
3347     if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
3348       return ExprError();
3349 
3350     S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, FoundDecl,
3351                              InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty));
3352     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
3353       return ExprError();
3354 
3355     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3356         CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
3357         ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates,
3358         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3359         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3360     if (Result.isInvalid())
3361       return ExprError();
3362 
3363     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>());
3364   }
3365 
3366   case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
3367     assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");
3368 
3369     S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl);
3370     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
3371       return ExprError();
3372 
3373     // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
3374     CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method);
3375     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv,
3376                                                  HadMultipleCandidates);
3377     if (Result.isInvalid())
3378       return ExprError();
3379     // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
3380     Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(),
3381                                       CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(),
3382                                       nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind());
3383 
3384     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
3385   }
3386   }
3387 }
3388 
3389 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
3390 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
3391 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
3392 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
3393 /// used in the error message.
3394 ExprResult
3395 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3396                                 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
3397                                 AssignmentAction Action,
3398                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
3399   switch (ICS.getKind()) {
3400   case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
3401     ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
3402                                                Action, CCK);
3403     if (Res.isInvalid())
3404       return ExprError();
3405     From = Res.get();
3406     break;
3407   }
3408 
3409   case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {
3410 
3411       FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
3412       CastKind CastKind;
3413       QualType BeforeToType;
3414       assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq");
3415       if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
3416         CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;
3417 
3418         // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
3419         // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3420         // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
3421         BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
3422       } else {
3423         const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
3424         CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
3425         // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
3426         if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3427           // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
3428           // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3429           // the type required by the argument of the constructor
3430           BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
3431         }
3432       }
3433       // Watch out for ellipsis conversion.
3434       if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3435         ExprResult Res =
3436           PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
3437                                     ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
3438                                     CCK);
3439         if (Res.isInvalid())
3440           return ExprError();
3441         From = Res.get();
3442       }
3443 
3444       ExprResult CastArg
3445         = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this,
3446                                From->getLocStart(),
3447                                ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3448                                CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
3449                                ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
3450                                ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates,
3451                                From);
3452 
3453       if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3454         return ExprError();
3455 
3456       From = CastArg.get();
3457 
3458       return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
3459                                        AA_Converting, CCK);
3460   }
3461 
3462   case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
3463     ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
3464                           PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
3465                             << From->getSourceRange());
3466      return ExprError();
3467 
3468   case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
3469     llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");
3470 
3471   case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
3472     bool Diagnosed =
3473         DiagnoseAssignmentResult(Incompatible, From->getExprLoc(), ToType,
3474                                  From->getType(), From, Action);
3475     assert(Diagnosed && "failed to diagnose bad conversion"); (void)Diagnosed;
3476     return ExprError();
3477   }
3478 
3479   // Everything went well.
3480   return From;
3481 }
3482 
3483 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
3484 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
3485 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
3486 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
3487 /// conversion, for use in error messages.
3488 ExprResult
3489 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3490                                 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
3491                                 AssignmentAction Action,
3492                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
3493   bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
3494 
3495   // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
3496   // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
3497   // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
3498   // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
3499   QualType FromType = From->getType();
3500 
3501   if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
3502     // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
3503     assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
3504     if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
3505       SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
3506       if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
3507                                   From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
3508                                   ConstructorArgs))
3509         return ExprError();
3510       return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3511           /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
3512           SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3513           ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3514           /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3515           CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3516     }
3517     return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3518         /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
3519         SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3520         From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3521         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3522         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3523   }
3524 
3525   // Resolve overloaded function references.
3526   if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
3527     DeclAccessPair Found;
3528     FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
3529                                                           true, Found);
3530     if (!Fn)
3531       return ExprError();
3532 
3533     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart()))
3534       return ExprError();
3535 
3536     From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
3537     FromType = From->getType();
3538   }
3539 
3540   // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding
3541   // non-atomic type.
3542   QualType ToAtomicType;
3543   if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3544     ToAtomicType = ToType;
3545     ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType();
3546   }
3547 
3548   QualType InitialFromType = FromType;
3549   // Perform the first implicit conversion.
3550   switch (SCS.First) {
3551   case ICK_Identity:
3552     if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3553       FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
3554       From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic,
3555                                       From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue);
3556     }
3557     break;
3558 
3559   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: {
3560     assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
3561     ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From);
3562     assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!");
3563     From = FromRes.get();
3564     FromType = From->getType();
3565     break;
3566   }
3567 
3568   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3569     FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
3570     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay,
3571                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3572     break;
3573 
3574   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3575     FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
3576     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
3577                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3578     break;
3579 
3580   default:
3581     llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion");
3582   }
3583 
3584   // Perform the second implicit conversion
3585   switch (SCS.Second) {
3586   case ICK_Identity:
3587     // C++ [except.spec]p5:
3588     //   [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions,
3589     //   pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the
3590     //   target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the
3591     //   source value in the assignment or initialization.
3592     switch (Action) {
3593     case AA_Assigning:
3594     case AA_Initializing:
3595       // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization.
3596     case AA_Passing:
3597     case AA_Returning:
3598     case AA_Sending:
3599     case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
3600       if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3601         return ExprError();
3602       break;
3603 
3604     case AA_Casting:
3605     case AA_Converting:
3606       // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not
3607       // checked for exception specification mismatches.
3608       break;
3609     }
3610     // Nothing else to do.
3611     break;
3612 
3613   case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment:
3614     // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
3615     // be incompatible exception declarations.
3616     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3617       return ExprError();
3618 
3619     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3620                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3621     break;
3622 
3623   case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
3624   case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
3625     if (ToType->isBooleanType()) {
3626       assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() &&
3627              SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion &&
3628              "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool");
3629       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean,
3630                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3631     } else {
3632       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast,
3633                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3634     }
3635     break;
3636 
3637   case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
3638   case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
3639     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast,
3640                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3641     break;
3642 
3643   case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
3644   case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
3645     QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3646     QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3647     CastKind CK;
3648     if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3649       if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
3650         CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
3651       else
3652         CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
3653     } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3654       CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
3655     } else {
3656       CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
3657     }
3658     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK,
3659                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3660     break;
3661   }
3662 
3663   case ICK_Floating_Integral:
3664     if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
3665       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating,
3666                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3667     else
3668       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral,
3669                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3670     break;
3671 
3672   case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
3673       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3674                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3675     break;
3676 
3677   case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
3678   case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
3679     if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
3680       // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
3681       if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
3682         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3683              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3684           << ToType << From->getType() << Action
3685           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3686       else
3687         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3688              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3689           << From->getType() << ToType << Action
3690           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3691 
3692       if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3693           ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3694         EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
3695     }
3696     else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
3697              !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType,
3698                                                     From->getType())) {
3699       if (Action == AA_Initializing)
3700         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3701              diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign);
3702       else
3703         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3704              diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable)
3705           << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType
3706           << From->getSourceRange();
3707     }
3708 
3709     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3710     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3711     if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3712       return ExprError();
3713 
3714     // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary.
3715     // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly.
3716     if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) {
3717       ExprResult E = From;
3718       (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E);
3719       From = E.get();
3720     }
3721     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
3722       CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK);
3723     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3724              .get();
3725     break;
3726   }
3727 
3728   case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
3729     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3730     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3731     if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3732       return ExprError();
3733     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3734       return ExprError();
3735 
3736     // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved
3737     // to up until this exact point.  Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model.
3738     if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
3739       (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType());
3740       (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType);
3741     }
3742 
3743     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3744              .get();
3745     break;
3746   }
3747 
3748   case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
3749     // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float.
3750     if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) {
3751       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3752       FromType = Context.FloatTy;
3753     }
3754 
3755     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
3756                              ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType),
3757                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3758     break;
3759 
3760   case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
3761     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3762     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(),
3763                                      ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3764                                      From->getLocStart(),
3765                                      From->getSourceRange(),
3766                                      &BasePath,
3767                                      CStyle))
3768       return ExprError();
3769 
3770     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3771                       CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(),
3772                       &BasePath, CCK).get();
3773     break;
3774   }
3775 
3776   case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
3777     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast,
3778                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3779     break;
3780 
3781   case ICK_Vector_Splat: {
3782     // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector.
3783     Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get();
3784     From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue,
3785                              /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3786     break;
3787   }
3788 
3789   case ICK_Complex_Real:
3790     // Case 1.  x -> _Complex y
3791     if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3792       QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
3793       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3794 
3795       // x -> y
3796       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
3797         // do nothing
3798       } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
3799         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3800                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get();
3801       } else {
3802         assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
3803         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3804                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get();
3805       }
3806       // y -> _Complex y
3807       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3808                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
3809                                      : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get();
3810 
3811     // Case 2.  _Complex x -> y
3812     } else {
3813       const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
3814       assert(FromComplex);
3815 
3816       QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
3817       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3818 
3819       // _Complex x -> x
3820       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3821                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
3822                                      : CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
3823                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3824 
3825       // x -> y
3826       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
3827         // do nothing
3828       } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3829         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3830                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating,
3831                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3832       } else {
3833         assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
3834         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3835                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast,
3836                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3837       }
3838     }
3839     break;
3840 
3841   case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
3842     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast,
3843                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3844     break;
3845   }
3846 
3847   case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
3848     ExprResult FromRes = From;
3849     Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
3850       CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
3851     if (FromRes.isInvalid())
3852       return ExprError();
3853     From = FromRes.get();
3854     assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
3855             "Improper transparent union conversion");
3856     (void)ConvTy;
3857     break;
3858   }
3859 
3860   case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion:
3861     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3862                              CK_ZeroToOCLEvent,
3863                              From->getValueKind()).get();
3864     break;
3865 
3866   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
3867   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3868   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3869   case ICK_Qualification:
3870   case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
3871   case ICK_C_Only_Conversion:
3872   case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion:
3873     llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion");
3874   }
3875 
3876   switch (SCS.Third) {
3877   case ICK_Identity:
3878     // Nothing to do.
3879     break;
3880 
3881   case ICK_Qualification: {
3882     // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
3883     // target type isn't a reference.
3884     ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ?
3885                                   From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue;
3886     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
3887                              CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3888 
3889     if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
3890         !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) {
3891       Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
3892            ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion
3893            : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
3894         << ToType.getNonReferenceType();
3895     }
3896 
3897     break;
3898   }
3899 
3900   default:
3901     llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion");
3902   }
3903 
3904   // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform
3905   // that conversion now.
3906   if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) {
3907     assert(Context.hasSameType(
3908         ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType()));
3909     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic,
3910                              VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get();
3911   }
3912 
3913   // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a
3914   // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain.
3915   if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion)
3916     diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType,
3917                                         From->getLocStart());
3918 
3919   return From;
3920 }
3921 
3922 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
3923 ///
3924 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
3925 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
3926 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
3927 /// returns true.
3928 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT,
3929                                                 SourceLocation Loc,
3930                                                 QualType ArgTy) {
3931   // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
3932   //   For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
3933   //   that template with a template argument that is a class template
3934   //   specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
3935   //   argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
3936   //   must be a complete type.
3937   // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
3938   // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
3939   // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
3940   switch (UTT) {
3941   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
3942     // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
3943   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
3944     // Fall-through
3945 
3946     // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
3947     // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
3948     // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
3949     // impacted by the completeness of the type.
3950   case UTT_IsVoid:
3951   case UTT_IsIntegral:
3952   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
3953   case UTT_IsArray:
3954   case UTT_IsPointer:
3955   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
3956   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
3957   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
3958   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
3959   case UTT_IsEnum:
3960   case UTT_IsUnion:
3961   case UTT_IsClass:
3962   case UTT_IsFunction:
3963   case UTT_IsReference:
3964   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
3965   case UTT_IsFundamental:
3966   case UTT_IsObject:
3967   case UTT_IsScalar:
3968   case UTT_IsCompound:
3969   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
3970     // Fall-through
3971 
3972     // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
3973     // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
3974     // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
3975     // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
3976     // Table 49.
3977   case UTT_IsConst:
3978   case UTT_IsVolatile:
3979   case UTT_IsSigned:
3980   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
3981 
3982   // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot.
3983   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
3984     return true;
3985 
3986   // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3987   //   If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type.
3988   case UTT_IsEmpty:
3989   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
3990   case UTT_IsAbstract:
3991     if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3992       if (!RD->isUnion())
3993         return !S.RequireCompleteType(
3994             Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
3995     return true;
3996 
3997   // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3998   //   If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type.
3999   case UTT_IsFinal:
4000   case UTT_IsSealed:
4001     if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4002       return !S.RequireCompleteType(
4003           Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
4004     return true;
4005 
4006   // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
4007   // applied to a complete type.
4008   case UTT_IsTrivial:
4009   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
4010   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
4011   case UTT_IsPOD:
4012   case UTT_IsLiteral:
4013 
4014   case UTT_IsDestructible:
4015   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
4016     // Fall-through
4017 
4018     // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in
4019     // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified
4020     // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete
4021     // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented
4022     // requiring the complete type.
4023   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
4024   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
4025   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
4026   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
4027   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
4028   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
4029   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
4030   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
4031   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
4032   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
4033   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
4034     // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed.
4035     QualType ElTy = ArgTy;
4036     if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
4037       ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType();
4038 
4039     // The void type is expressly allowed.
4040     if (ElTy->isVoidType())
4041       return true;
4042 
4043     return !S.RequireCompleteType(
4044       Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
4045   }
4046 }
4047 
4048 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
4049                                Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C,
4050                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const,
4051                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const,
4052                                bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const)
4053 {
4054   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
4055   if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)())
4056     return true;
4057 
4058   DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
4059   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc);
4060   LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
4061   if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
4062     bool FoundOperator = false;
4063     Res.suppressDiagnostics();
4064     for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
4065          Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
4066       if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op))
4067         continue;
4068 
4069       CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
4070       if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) {
4071         FoundOperator = true;
4072         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
4073           Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4074         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4075         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
4076           return false;
4077       }
4078     }
4079     return FoundOperator;
4080   }
4081   return false;
4082 }
4083 
4084 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT,
4085                                    SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
4086   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
4087 
4088   ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
4089   switch(UTT) {
4090   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
4091     // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
4092     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
4093   case UTT_IsVoid:
4094     return T->isVoidType();
4095   case UTT_IsIntegral:
4096     return T->isIntegralType(C);
4097   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
4098     return T->isFloatingType();
4099   case UTT_IsArray:
4100     return T->isArrayType();
4101   case UTT_IsPointer:
4102     return T->isPointerType();
4103   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
4104     return T->isLValueReferenceType();
4105   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
4106     return T->isRValueReferenceType();
4107   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
4108     return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
4109   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
4110     return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
4111   case UTT_IsEnum:
4112     return T->isEnumeralType();
4113   case UTT_IsUnion:
4114     return T->isUnionType();
4115   case UTT_IsClass:
4116     return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType();
4117   case UTT_IsFunction:
4118     return T->isFunctionType();
4119 
4120     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
4121     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
4122   case UTT_IsReference:
4123     return T->isReferenceType();
4124   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
4125     return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
4126   case UTT_IsFundamental:
4127     return T->isFundamentalType();
4128   case UTT_IsObject:
4129     return T->isObjectType();
4130   case UTT_IsScalar:
4131     // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
4132     // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
4133     // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
4134     // operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
4135     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
4136       switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
4137       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
4138       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4139         return true;
4140 
4141       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4142       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4143       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4144         return false;
4145       }
4146     }
4147 
4148     return T->isScalarType();
4149   case UTT_IsCompound:
4150     return T->isCompoundType();
4151   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
4152     return T->isMemberPointerType();
4153 
4154     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
4155     // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
4156   case UTT_IsConst:
4157     return T.isConstQualified();
4158   case UTT_IsVolatile:
4159     return T.isVolatileQualified();
4160   case UTT_IsTrivial:
4161     return T.isTrivialType(C);
4162   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
4163     return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C);
4164   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
4165     return T->isStandardLayoutType();
4166   case UTT_IsPOD:
4167     return T.isPODType(C);
4168   case UTT_IsLiteral:
4169     return T->isLiteralType(C);
4170   case UTT_IsEmpty:
4171     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4172       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
4173     return false;
4174   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
4175     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4176       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic();
4177     return false;
4178   case UTT_IsAbstract:
4179     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4180       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract();
4181     return false;
4182   // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and
4183   // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax
4184   // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot.
4185   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
4186     return false;
4187   case UTT_IsFinal:
4188   case UTT_IsSealed:
4189     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4190       return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>();
4191     return false;
4192   case UTT_IsSigned:
4193     return T->isSignedIntegerType();
4194   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
4195     return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();
4196 
4197     // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
4198     // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
4199     // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
4200     // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
4201     // specifications.
4202     //
4203     //   1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4204     //   2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
4205     //
4206     // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class
4207     // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind,
4208     // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior.
4209     // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it
4210     // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special
4211     // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed.
4212   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
4213     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4214     //   If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
4215     //   a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
4216     //   constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
4217     if (T.isPODType(C))
4218       return true;
4219     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4220       return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
4221              !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor();
4222     return false;
4223   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
4224     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4225     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
4226     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3).
4227     if (T.isPODType(C))
4228       return true;
4229     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4230       return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor();
4231     return false;
4232   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
4233     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4234     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
4235     //   the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
4236     //   with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
4237     //   is true, else it is false.
4238     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
4239       return true;
4240     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4241       return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
4242              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor();
4243     return false;
4244   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
4245     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4246     //  standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic
4247     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3)
4248     if (T.isPODType(C))
4249       return true;
4250     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4251       return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment();
4252     return false;
4253   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
4254     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4255     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
4256     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
4257     //   trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
4258     //   a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
4259     //   true, else it is false.
4260     // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
4261     // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
4262     // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
4263     // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
4264     // [class.copy]p12).
4265 
4266     if (T.isConstQualified())
4267       return false;
4268     if (T.isPODType(C))
4269       return true;
4270     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4271       return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() &&
4272              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment();
4273     return false;
4274   case UTT_IsDestructible:
4275   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
4276     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4277     //   For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true.
4278     if (T->isReferenceType())
4279       return true;
4280 
4281     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
4282     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
4283         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
4284       return true;
4285 
4286     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4287     //   For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is
4288     //   false.
4289     if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
4290       return false;
4291 
4292     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4293     //   For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the
4294     //   expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an
4295     //   unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true
4296     if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4297       CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD);
4298       if (!Destructor)
4299         return false;
4300       //  C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2:
4301       //    A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or
4302       //    explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed.
4303       if (Destructor->isDeleted())
4304         return false;
4305       if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public)
4306         return false;
4307       if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) {
4308         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
4309             Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4310         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4311         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
4312           return false;
4313       }
4314     }
4315     return true;
4316 
4317   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
4318     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4319     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
4320     //   then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
4321     //   type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
4322     //   ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
4323     //   false.
4324     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
4325       return true;
4326 
4327     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
4328     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
4329         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
4330       return true;
4331 
4332     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4333       return RD->hasTrivialDestructor();
4334     return false;
4335   // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
4336   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
4337     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4338     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
4339     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
4340     //   is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
4341     //   or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
4342     //   not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
4343     //   false.
4344     if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
4345       return false;
4346     if (T->isReferenceType())
4347       return false;
4348     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4349       return true;
4350 
4351     if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
4352       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
4353                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment,
4354                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment,
4355                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator);
4356     return false;
4357   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
4358     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4359     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
4360     //  behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3).
4361     if (T.isPODType(C))
4362       return true;
4363 
4364     if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
4365       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
4366                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment,
4367                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment,
4368                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator);
4369     return false;
4370   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
4371     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4372     //   If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
4373     //   if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
4374     //   known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
4375     //   false.
4376     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4377       return true;
4378     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4379       if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
4380           !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
4381         return true;
4382 
4383       bool FoundConstructor = false;
4384       unsigned FoundTQs;
4385       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
4386         // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
4387         // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
4388         // resolution point.
4389         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4390           continue;
4391         const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
4392         if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
4393           FoundConstructor = true;
4394           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
4395               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4396           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4397           if (!CPT)
4398             return false;
4399           // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
4400           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
4401           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
4402             return false;
4403         }
4404       }
4405 
4406       return FoundConstructor;
4407     }
4408     return false;
4409   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
4410     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4411     //   If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
4412     //   true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
4413     //   thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
4414     //   throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
4415     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4416       return true;
4417     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4418       if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
4419           !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor())
4420         return true;
4421 
4422       bool FoundConstructor = false;
4423       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
4424         // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
4425         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4426           continue;
4427         const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
4428         if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
4429           FoundConstructor = true;
4430           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
4431               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4432           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4433           if (!CPT)
4434             return false;
4435           // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
4436           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
4437           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
4438             return false;
4439         }
4440       }
4441       return FoundConstructor;
4442     }
4443     return false;
4444   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
4445     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4446     //   If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
4447     //   then the trait is true, else it is false.
4448     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4449       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
4450         return Destructor->isVirtual();
4451     return false;
4452 
4453     // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
4454     // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
4455     //   http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
4456   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
4457     // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
4458     //   Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
4459     //   function call.
4460     return !T->isIncompleteType();
4461   }
4462 }
4463 
4464 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in
4465 /// ARC mode.
4466 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) {
4467   switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
4468   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4469     return false;
4470 
4471   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4472   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4473   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4474     return true;
4475 
4476   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
4477     return T->isObjCLifetimeType();
4478   }
4479 
4480   llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier");
4481 }
4482 
4483 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4484                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc);
4485 
4486 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4487                               ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4488                               SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4489   if (Kind <= UTT_Last)
4490     return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType());
4491 
4492   if (Kind <= BTT_Last)
4493     return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(),
4494                                    Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc);
4495 
4496   switch (Kind) {
4497   case clang::TT_IsConstructible:
4498   case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible:
4499   case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: {
4500     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]:
4501     //   is_trivially_constructible is defined as:
4502     //
4503     //     is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable
4504     //     definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call
4505     //     no operation that is not trivial.
4506     //
4507     //   The predicate condition for a template specialization
4508     //   is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the
4509     //   following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented
4510     //   variable t:
4511     //
4512     //     T t(create<Args>()...);
4513     assert(!Args.empty());
4514 
4515     // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be
4516     // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of
4517     // unknown bound.
4518     for (const auto *TSI : Args) {
4519       QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType();
4520       if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
4521         continue;
4522 
4523       if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy,
4524           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4525         return false;
4526     }
4527 
4528     // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type.
4529     QualType T = Args[0]->getType();
4530     if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
4531       return false;
4532 
4533     // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type.
4534     CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
4535     if (RD && RD->isAbstract())
4536       return false;
4537 
4538     SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs;
4539     SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs;
4540     ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1);
4541     for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4542       QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType();
4543       if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType())
4544         ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy);
4545       OpaqueArgExprs.push_back(
4546           OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(),
4547                           ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context),
4548                           Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy)));
4549     }
4550     for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs)
4551       ArgExprs.push_back(&E);
4552 
4553     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4554     // trap at translation unit scope.
4555     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated);
4556     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4557     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4558     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0]));
4559     InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc,
4560                                                                  RParenLoc));
4561     InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4562     if (Init.Failed())
4563       return false;
4564 
4565     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4566     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4567       return false;
4568 
4569     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible)
4570       return true;
4571 
4572     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible)
4573       return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4574 
4575     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) {
4576       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4577       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction.
4578       if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4579           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType()))
4580         return false;
4581 
4582       // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial
4583       // calls.
4584       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context);
4585     }
4586 
4587     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4588     return false;
4589   }
4590     default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT");
4591   }
4592 
4593   return false;
4594 }
4595 
4596 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4597                                 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4598                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4599   QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
4600 
4601   if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(
4602                                *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()))
4603     return ExprError();
4604 
4605   bool Dependent = false;
4606   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4607     if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
4608       Dependent = true;
4609       break;
4610     }
4611   }
4612 
4613   bool Result = false;
4614   if (!Dependent)
4615     Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc);
4616 
4617   return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args,
4618                                RParenLoc, Result);
4619 }
4620 
4621 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4622                                 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4623                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4624   SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs;
4625   ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size());
4626 
4627   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4628     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4629     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo);
4630     if (!TInfo)
4631       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc);
4632 
4633     ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo);
4634   }
4635 
4636   return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc);
4637 }
4638 
4639 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4640                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4641   assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
4642          "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");
4643 
4644   switch(BTT) {
4645   case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
4646     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
4647     // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
4648     // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
4649     // regard to cv-qualifiers.
4650 
4651     const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4652     if (!lhsRecord) return false;
4653 
4654     const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4655     if (!rhsRecord) return false;
4656 
4657     assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
4658              == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
4659 
4660     if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
4661       return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion();
4662 
4663     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
4664     //   If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
4665     //   (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
4666     //   complete type.
4667     if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4668                           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4669       return false;
4670 
4671     return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
4672       ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
4673   }
4674   case BTT_IsSame:
4675     return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
4676   case BTT_TypeCompatible:
4677     return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(),
4678                                            RhsT.getUnqualifiedType());
4679   case BTT_IsConvertible:
4680   case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
4681     // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
4682     //   Given the following function prototype:
4683     //
4684     //     template <class T>
4685     //       typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
4686     //
4687     //   the predicate condition for a template specialization
4688     //   is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
4689     //   the return expression in the following code would be
4690     //   well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
4691     //   type of the function:
4692     //
4693     //     To test() {
4694     //       return create<From>();
4695     //     }
4696     //
4697     //   Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
4698     //   From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
4699     //   of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
4700     //   is considered.
4701     //
4702     // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
4703     // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
4704     // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).
4705 
4706     // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types.
4707     if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType())
4708       return false;
4709 
4710     // A return statement in a void function must have void type.
4711     if (RhsT->isVoidType())
4712       return LhsT->isVoidType();
4713 
4714     // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type.
4715     if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT))
4716       return false;
4717 
4718     // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference.
4719     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4720       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4721 
4722     // Build a fake source and destination for initialization.
4723     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
4724     OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4725                          Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4726     Expr *FromPtr = &From;
4727     InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
4728                                                            SourceLocation()));
4729 
4730     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4731     // trap at translation unit scope.
4732     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4733     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4734     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4735     InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4736     if (Init.Failed())
4737       return false;
4738 
4739     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4740     return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
4741   }
4742 
4743   case BTT_IsAssignable:
4744   case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable:
4745   case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: {
4746     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3:
4747     //   is_trivially_assignable is defined as:
4748     //     is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by
4749     //     is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial
4750     //
4751     //   is_assignable is defined as:
4752     //     The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when
4753     //     treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5).
4754     //
4755     //   For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified)
4756     //   void, or arrays of unknown bound.
4757     if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4758         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT,
4759           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4760       return false;
4761     if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4762         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4763           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4764       return false;
4765 
4766     // cv void is never assignable.
4767     if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType())
4768       return false;
4769 
4770     // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and
4771     // declval<U>().
4772     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4773       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4774     if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType())
4775       RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT);
4776     OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4777                         Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4778     OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4779                         Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT));
4780 
4781     // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4782     // trap at translation unit scope.
4783     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4784     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4785     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4786     ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs,
4787                                         &Rhs);
4788     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4789       return false;
4790 
4791     if (BTT == BTT_IsAssignable)
4792       return true;
4793 
4794     if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable)
4795       return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4796 
4797     if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) {
4798       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4799       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment.
4800       if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4801           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType()))
4802         return false;
4803 
4804       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context);
4805     }
4806 
4807     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4808     return false;
4809   }
4810     default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT");
4811   }
4812   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4813 }
4814 
4815 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4816                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4817                                      ParsedType Ty,
4818                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4819                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4820   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
4821   QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
4822   if (!TSInfo)
4823     TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
4824 
4825   return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
4826 }
4827 
4828 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4829                                            QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
4830                                            SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4831   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
4832 
4833   switch(ATT) {
4834   case ATT_ArrayRank:
4835     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4836       unsigned Dim = 0;
4837       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4838         ++Dim;
4839         T = AT->getElementType();
4840       }
4841       return Dim;
4842     }
4843     return 0;
4844 
4845   case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
4846     llvm::APSInt Value;
4847     uint64_t Dim;
4848     if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value,
4849           diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer,
4850           false).isInvalid())
4851       return 0;
4852     if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
4853       Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer)
4854         << DimExpr->getSourceRange();
4855       return 0;
4856     }
4857     Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();
4858 
4859     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4860       unsigned D = 0;
4861       bool Matched = false;
4862       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4863         if (Dim == D) {
4864           Matched = true;
4865           break;
4866         }
4867         ++D;
4868         T = AT->getElementType();
4869       }
4870 
4871       if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
4872         if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
4873           return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
4874       }
4875     }
4876     return 0;
4877   }
4878   }
4879   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4880 }
4881 
4882 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4883                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4884                                      TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4885                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4886                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4887   QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
4888 
4889   // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
4890   // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
4891   uint64_t Value = 0;
4892   if (!T->isDependentType())
4893     Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);
4894 
4895   // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
4896   // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
4897   // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
4898   // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
4899   // important distinction.
4900   return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr,
4901                                           RParen, Context.getSizeType());
4902 }
4903 
4904 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
4905                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
4906                                       Expr *Queried,
4907                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
4908   // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
4909   if (!Queried)
4910     return ExprError();
4911 
4912   ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);
4913 
4914   return Result;
4915 }
4916 
4917 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
4918   switch (ET) {
4919   case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
4920   case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
4921   }
4922   llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
4923 }
4924 
4925 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
4926                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
4927                                       Expr *Queried,
4928                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
4929   if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
4930     // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
4931   } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
4932     ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
4933     if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4934     return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen);
4935   }
4936 
4937   bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);
4938 
4939   return new (Context)
4940       ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy);
4941 }
4942 
4943 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
4944                                             ExprValueKind &VK,
4945                                             SourceLocation Loc,
4946                                             bool isIndirect) {
4947   assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4948          !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4949          "placeholders should have been weeded out by now");
4950 
4951   // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*.
4952   if (isIndirect) {
4953     LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
4954     if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4955   }
4956 
4957   // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions.
4958   RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
4959   if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4960 
4961   const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
4962   // C++ 5.5p2
4963   //   The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
4964   //   be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
4965   //   class type) [...]
4966   QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
4967   const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
4968   if (!MemPtr) {
4969     Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
4970       << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4971     return QualType();
4972   }
4973 
4974   QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);
4975 
4976   // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
4977   // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
4978   // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
4979   // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
4980   // likely to be considered a defect.
4981 
4982   // C++ 5.5p2
4983   //   [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
4984   //   which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
4985   //   such a class]
4986   QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
4987   if (isIndirect) {
4988     if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
4989       LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
4990     else {
4991       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
4992         << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType
4993         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
4994       return QualType();
4995     }
4996   }
4997 
4998   if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) {
4999     // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
5000     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs,
5001                             OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) {
5002       return QualType();
5003     }
5004 
5005     if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) {
5006       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
5007         << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType();
5008       return QualType();
5009     }
5010 
5011     CXXCastPath BasePath;
5012     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc,
5013                                      SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(),
5014                                                  RHS.get()->getLocEnd()),
5015                                      &BasePath))
5016       return QualType();
5017 
5018     // Cast LHS to type of use.
5019     QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class;
5020     ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5021     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
5022                             &BasePath);
5023   }
5024 
5025   if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
5026     // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
5027     // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
5028     Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
5029      return QualType();
5030   }
5031 
5032   // C++ 5.5p2
5033   //   The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
5034   //   second operand.
5035   // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
5036   // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
5037   QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
5038   Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers());
5039 
5040   // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
5041   //   In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
5042   //   ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
5043   //   ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
5044   //   expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
5045   //   is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
5046   if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5047     switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
5048     case RQ_None:
5049       // Do nothing
5050       break;
5051 
5052     case RQ_LValue:
5053       if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue())
5054         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
5055           << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5056       break;
5057 
5058     case RQ_RValue:
5059       if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
5060         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
5061           << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5062       break;
5063     }
5064   }
5065 
5066   // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
5067   //   The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
5068   //   to a data member is of the same value category as its
5069   //   first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
5070   //   operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
5071   //   result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
5072   //   is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
5073   if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
5074     VK = VK_RValue;
5075     return Context.BoundMemberTy;
5076   } else if (isIndirect) {
5077     VK = VK_LValue;
5078   } else {
5079     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5080   }
5081 
5082   return Result;
5083 }
5084 
5085 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3.
5086 ///
5087 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
5088 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
5089 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
5090 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
5091 /// as such.
5092 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
5093                                 SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
5094                                 bool &HaveConversion,
5095                                 QualType &ToType) {
5096   HaveConversion = false;
5097   ToType = To->getType();
5098 
5099   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(),
5100                                                            SourceLocation());
5101   // C++11 5.16p3
5102   //   The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
5103   //   can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
5104   //   as follows:
5105   //   -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
5106   //      implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the
5107   //      constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to
5108   //      an lvalue.
5109   //   -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
5110   //      implicitly conveted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to
5111   //      the constraint that the reference must bind directly.
5112   if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) {
5113     QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType)
5114                                 : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType);
5115 
5116     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
5117 
5118     InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5119     if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
5120       ToType = T;
5121       HaveConversion = true;
5122       return false;
5123     }
5124 
5125     if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
5126       return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5127   }
5128 
5129   //   -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
5130   //      -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
5131   //         the same or one is a base class of the other:
5132   QualType FTy = From->getType();
5133   QualType TTy = To->getType();
5134   const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
5135   const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
5136   bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
5137                        Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy);
5138   if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT ||
5139                        Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) {
5140     //         E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
5141     //         same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
5142     //         [cv2 > cv1].
5143     if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
5144       if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
5145         InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
5146         InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5147         if (InitSeq) {
5148           HaveConversion = true;
5149           return false;
5150         }
5151 
5152         if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
5153           return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5154       }
5155     }
5156 
5157     return false;
5158   }
5159 
5160   //     -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
5161   //        implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
5162   //        if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
5163   //        an rvalue).
5164   //
5165   // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
5166   // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
5167   if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>())
5168     TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType();
5169 
5170   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
5171   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5172   HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
5173   ToType = TTy;
5174   if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
5175     return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5176 
5177   return false;
5178 }
5179 
5180 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
5181 ///
5182 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
5183 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
5184 /// conversion to a common type.
5185 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
5186                                     SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5187   Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
5188   OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc,
5189                                     OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);
5190   Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args,
5191                                     CandidateSet);
5192 
5193   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
5194   switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
5195     case OR_Success: {
5196       // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
5197       ExprResult LHSRes =
5198         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
5199                                        Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting);
5200       if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
5201         break;
5202       LHS = LHSRes;
5203 
5204       ExprResult RHSRes =
5205         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
5206                                        Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting);
5207       if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
5208         break;
5209       RHS = RHSRes;
5210       if (Best->Function)
5211         Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
5212       return false;
5213     }
5214 
5215     case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5216 
5217       // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
5218       // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
5219       // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
5220       if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
5221         return true;
5222 
5223       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5224         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5225         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5226       return true;
5227 
5228     case OR_Ambiguous:
5229       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
5230         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5231         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5232       // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
5233       // the viable candidates.
5234       break;
5235 
5236     case OR_Deleted:
5237       llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
5238   }
5239   return true;
5240 }
5241 
5242 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
5243 /// TryClassUnification.
5244 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
5245   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
5246   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(),
5247                                                            SourceLocation());
5248   Expr *Arg = E.get();
5249   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
5250   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
5251   if (Result.isInvalid())
5252     return true;
5253 
5254   E = Result;
5255   return false;
5256 }
5257 
5258 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
5259 ///
5260 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
5261 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
5262 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
5263                                            ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
5264                                            ExprObjectKind &OK,
5265                                            SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5266   // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
5267   // interface pointers.
5268 
5269   // C++11 [expr.cond]p1
5270   //   The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
5271   if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
5272     ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get());
5273     if (CondRes.isInvalid())
5274       return QualType();
5275     Cond = CondRes;
5276   }
5277 
5278   // Assume r-value.
5279   VK = VK_RValue;
5280   OK = OK_Ordinary;
5281 
5282   // Either of the arguments dependent?
5283   if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
5284     return Context.DependentTy;
5285 
5286   // C++11 [expr.cond]p2
5287   //   If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
5288   QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5289   QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5290   bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
5291   bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
5292   if (LVoid || RVoid) {
5293     //   ... one of the following shall hold:
5294     //   -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly
5295     //      parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type
5296     //      and value category of the other.
5297     bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
5298     bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
5299     if (LThrow != RThrow) {
5300       Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get();
5301       VK = NonThrow->getValueKind();
5302       // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the
5303       // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field.
5304       OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind();
5305       return NonThrow->getType();
5306     }
5307 
5308     //   -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
5309     //      type void and is a prvalue.
5310     if (LVoid && RVoid)
5311       return Context.VoidTy;
5312 
5313     // Neither holds, error.
5314     Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
5315       << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
5316       << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5317     return QualType();
5318   }
5319 
5320   // Neither is void.
5321 
5322   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
5323   //   Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
5324   //   either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of
5325   //   those operands to the type of the other.
5326   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
5327       (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
5328     // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
5329     QualType L2RType, R2LType;
5330     bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
5331     if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
5332       return QualType();
5333     if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
5334       return QualType();
5335 
5336     //   If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
5337     if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
5338       Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
5339         << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5340       return QualType();
5341     }
5342 
5343     //   If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
5344     //   the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
5345     //   original operands for the remainder of this section.
5346     if (HaveL2R) {
5347       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
5348         return QualType();
5349       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5350     } else if (HaveR2L) {
5351       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
5352         return QualType();
5353       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5354     }
5355   }
5356 
5357   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
5358   //   if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except
5359   //   for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those
5360   //   operands to the type of the other.
5361   ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5362   ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
5363   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
5364       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) &&
5365       LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) {
5366     // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the
5367     // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion
5368     // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers.
5369     Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers());
5370     Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers());
5371     if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) {
5372       LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
5373       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5374     }
5375     else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) {
5376       RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK);
5377       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5378     }
5379   }
5380 
5381   // C++11 [expr.cond]p4
5382   //   If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
5383   //   category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
5384   //   value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
5385   //   operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
5386   // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
5387   // l-values.
5388   bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
5389   if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue &&
5390       LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
5391       RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
5392     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5393     if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
5394         RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
5395       OK = OK_BitField;
5396     return LTy;
5397   }
5398 
5399   // C++11 [expr.cond]p5
5400   //   Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands
5401   //   do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
5402   if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
5403     //   ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
5404     //   to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
5405     //   program is ill-formed.
5406     if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
5407       return QualType();
5408   }
5409 
5410   // C++11 [expr.cond]p6
5411   //   Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
5412   //   conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
5413   LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
5414   RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
5415   if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5416     return QualType();
5417   LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5418   RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5419 
5420   //   After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
5421   //   -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
5422   //      is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
5423   //      is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
5424   //      copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
5425   //      operand depending on the value of the first operand.
5426   if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
5427     if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
5428       // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
5429       if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy,
5430                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
5431         return QualType();
5432       InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);
5433 
5434       ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
5435                                                      SourceLocation(),
5436                                                      LHS);
5437       if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
5438         return QualType();
5439 
5440       ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
5441                                                      SourceLocation(),
5442                                                      RHS);
5443       if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
5444         return QualType();
5445 
5446       LHS = LHSCopy;
5447       RHS = RHSCopy;
5448     }
5449 
5450     return LTy;
5451   }
5452 
5453   // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
5454   if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
5455     return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
5456                                /*AllowBothBool*/true,
5457                                /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
5458 
5459   //   -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
5460   //      the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
5461   //      common type, and the result is of that type.
5462   if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
5463     QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
5464     if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5465       return QualType();
5466     if (ResTy.isNull()) {
5467       Diag(QuestionLoc,
5468            diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy
5469         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5470       return QualType();
5471     }
5472 
5473     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
5474     RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
5475 
5476     return ResTy;
5477   }
5478 
5479   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
5480   //      type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null
5481   //      pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer
5482   //      conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them
5483   //      to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite
5484   //      pointer type.
5485   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
5486   //      pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
5487   //      pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
5488   //      performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
5489   //      shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
5490   //      operand. The result is of the common type.
5491   bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5492   QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
5493                                  isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr
5494                                                    : &NonStandardCompositeType);
5495   if (!Composite.isNull()) {
5496     if (NonStandardCompositeType)
5497       Diag(QuestionLoc,
5498            diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard)
5499         << LTy << RTy << Composite
5500         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5501 
5502     return Composite;
5503   }
5504 
5505   // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
5506   Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
5507   if (!Composite.isNull())
5508     return Composite;
5509 
5510   // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
5511   if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
5512     return QualType();
5513 
5514   Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5515     << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5516     << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5517   return QualType();
5518 }
5519 
5520 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
5521 ///
5522 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1
5523 /// and @p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this
5524 /// type and returns it.
5525 /// It does not emit diagnostics.
5526 ///
5527 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
5528 /// be converted to the composite pointer type.
5529 ///
5530 /// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find
5531 /// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions
5532 /// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType
5533 /// will be set true.
5534 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
5535                                         Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
5536                                         bool *NonStandardCompositeType) {
5537   if (NonStandardCompositeType)
5538     *NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5539 
5540   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
5541   QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();
5542 
5543   // C++11 5.9p2
5544   //   Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on
5545   //   pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If
5546   //   one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is
5547   //   std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or,
5548   //   if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand.
5549   if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() &&
5550       !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) {
5551     if (T1->isNullPtrType() &&
5552         E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5553       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5554       return T1;
5555     }
5556     if (T2->isNullPtrType() &&
5557         E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5558       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5559       return T2;
5560     }
5561     return QualType();
5562   }
5563 
5564   if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5565     if (T2->isMemberPointerType())
5566       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
5567     else
5568       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5569     return T2;
5570   }
5571   if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5572     if (T1->isMemberPointerType())
5573       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
5574     else
5575       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5576     return T1;
5577   }
5578 
5579   // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
5580   if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) ||
5581       (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()))
5582     return QualType();
5583 
5584   //   Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then
5585   //   the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is
5586   //   "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2.
5587   //   Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the
5588   //   type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is
5589   //   the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types.
5590   // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second.
5591   // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the
5592   // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite
5593   // types are the same, we have succeeded.
5594   // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
5595   typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector;
5596   QualifierVector QualifierUnion;
5597   typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4>
5598       ContainingClassVector;
5599   ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass;
5600   QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1),
5601            Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
5602   unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
5603   do {
5604     const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
5605     if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
5606         (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
5607       Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
5608       Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();
5609 
5610       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5611       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5612       if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
5613           Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5614         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5615 
5616       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5617                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5618       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr));
5619       continue;
5620     }
5621 
5622     const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
5623     if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
5624         (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
5625       Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
5626       Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();
5627 
5628       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5629       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5630       if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
5631           Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5632         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5633 
5634       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5635                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5636       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
5637                                              MemPtr2->getClass()));
5638       continue;
5639     }
5640 
5641     // FIXME: block pointer types?
5642 
5643     // Cannot unwrap any more types.
5644     break;
5645   } while (true);
5646 
5647   if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) {
5648     // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
5649     // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
5650     // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
5651     for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) {
5652       if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
5653         QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
5654         *NonStandardCompositeType = true;
5655       }
5656     }
5657   }
5658 
5659   // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
5660   ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC
5661     = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
5662   for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator
5663          I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(),
5664          E = QualifierUnion.rend();
5665        I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) {
5666     Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I);
5667     if (MOC->first && MOC->second) {
5668       // Rebuild member pointer type
5669       Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5670                                     Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals),
5671                                     MOC->first);
5672       Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5673                                     Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals),
5674                                     MOC->second);
5675     } else {
5676       // Rebuild pointer type
5677       Composite1
5678         = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
5679       Composite2
5680         = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
5681     }
5682   }
5683 
5684   // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type.
5685   InitializedEntity Entity1
5686     = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1);
5687   InitializationKind Kind
5688     = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation());
5689   InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
5690   InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);
5691 
5692   if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) {
5693     // Conversion to Composite1 is viable.
5694     if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
5695       // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether
5696       // Composite2 is also viable.
5697       InitializedEntity Entity2
5698         = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
5699       InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5700       InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5701       if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) {
5702         // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different;
5703         // this is an ambiguity.
5704         return QualType();
5705       }
5706     }
5707 
5708     // Convert E1 to Composite1
5709     ExprResult E1Result
5710       = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
5711     if (E1Result.isInvalid())
5712       return QualType();
5713     E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
5714 
5715     // Convert E2 to Composite1
5716     ExprResult E2Result
5717       = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);
5718     if (E2Result.isInvalid())
5719       return QualType();
5720     E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
5721 
5722     return Composite1;
5723   }
5724 
5725   // Check whether Composite2 is viable.
5726   InitializedEntity Entity2
5727     = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
5728   InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5729   InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5730   if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2)
5731     return QualType();
5732 
5733   // Convert E1 to Composite2
5734   ExprResult E1Result
5735     = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5736   if (E1Result.isInvalid())
5737     return QualType();
5738   E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
5739 
5740   // Convert E2 to Composite2
5741   ExprResult E2Result
5742     = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5743   if (E2Result.isInvalid())
5744     return QualType();
5745   E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
5746 
5747   return Composite2;
5748 }
5749 
5750 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
5751   if (!E)
5752     return ExprError();
5753 
5754   assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");
5755 
5756   // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
5757   if (!E->isRValue())
5758     return E;
5759 
5760   // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
5761   // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
5762   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
5763       E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {
5764 
5765     bool ReturnsRetained;
5766 
5767     // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
5768     // called value.
5769     if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
5770       Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
5771       QualType T = Callee->getType();
5772 
5773       if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
5774         // Handle pointer-to-members.
5775         if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
5776           T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
5777         else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
5778           T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
5779       }
5780 
5781       if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
5782         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5783       else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
5784         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5785       else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
5786         T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
5787 
5788       const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
5789       assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?");
5790       ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();
5791 
5792     // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
5793     // type always produce a +1 object.
5794     } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
5795       ReturnsRetained = true;
5796 
5797     // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization;
5798     // we don't want any extra casts here.
5799     } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) &&
5800                isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) {
5801       return E;
5802 
5803     // For message sends and property references, we try to find an
5804     // actual method.  FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
5805     // cases where we don't have an actual method.
5806     } else {
5807       ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr;
5808       if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
5809         D = Send->getMethodDecl();
5810       } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
5811         D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod();
5812       } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) {
5813         D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod();
5814       } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit
5815                                         = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) {
5816         D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod();
5817       }
5818 
5819       ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());
5820 
5821       // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their
5822       // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually
5823       // return an object.
5824       if (!ReturnsRetained &&
5825           D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector)
5826         return E;
5827     }
5828 
5829     // Don't reclaim an object of Class type.
5830     if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType())
5831       return E;
5832 
5833     Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
5834 
5835     CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject
5836                                    : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject);
5837     return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr,
5838                                     VK_RValue);
5839   }
5840 
5841   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5842     return E;
5843 
5844   // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with
5845   // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType.
5846   const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr());
5847   const RecordType *RT = nullptr;
5848   while (!RT) {
5849     switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
5850     case Type::Record:
5851       RT = cast<RecordType>(T);
5852       break;
5853     case Type::ConstantArray:
5854     case Type::IncompleteArray:
5855     case Type::VariableArray:
5856     case Type::DependentSizedArray:
5857       T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
5858       break;
5859     default:
5860       return E;
5861     }
5862   }
5863 
5864   // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're
5865   // not processing a decltype expression.
5866   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
5867   if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext())
5868     return E;
5869 
5870   bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype;
5871   CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD);
5872 
5873   if (Destructor) {
5874     MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
5875     CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
5876                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
5877                             << E->getType());
5878     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
5879       return ExprError();
5880 
5881     // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy.
5882     if (Destructor->isTrivial())
5883       return E;
5884 
5885     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
5886     Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
5887   }
5888 
5889   CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
5890   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E);
5891 
5892   if (IsDecltype)
5893     ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind);
5894 
5895   return Bind;
5896 }
5897 
5898 ExprResult
5899 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
5900   if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
5901     return ExprError();
5902 
5903   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get());
5904 }
5905 
5906 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
5907   assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!");
5908 
5909   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
5910 
5911   unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects;
5912   assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup);
5913   assert(Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() ||
5914          ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
5915   if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
5916     return SubExpr;
5917 
5918   auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
5919                                      ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);
5920 
5921   auto *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(
5922       Context, SubExpr, Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), Cleanups);
5923   DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
5924 
5925   return E;
5926 }
5927 
5928 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
5929   assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!");
5930 
5931   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
5932 
5933   if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
5934     return SubStmt;
5935 
5936   // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
5937   // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
5938   // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
5939   // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
5940   CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt,
5941                                                       SourceLocation(),
5942                                                       SourceLocation());
5943   Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
5944                                    SourceLocation());
5945   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
5946 }
5947 
5948 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions,
5949 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and
5950 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the
5951 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression.
5952 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) {
5953   assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression");
5954 
5955   // C++11 [expr.call]p11:
5956   //   If a function call is a prvalue of object type,
5957   // -- if the function call is either
5958   //   -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or
5959   //   -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a
5960   //      decltype-specifier,
5961   //   a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue.
5962 
5963   // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the
5964   // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any.
5965   if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
5966     ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr());
5967     if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
5968       return ExprError();
5969     if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr())
5970       return E;
5971     return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get());
5972   }
5973   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
5974     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
5975       ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS());
5976       if (RHS.isInvalid())
5977         return ExprError();
5978       if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS())
5979         return E;
5980       return new (Context) BinaryOperator(
5981           BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(),
5982           BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable());
5983     }
5984   }
5985 
5986   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E);
5987   CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr())
5988                               : nullptr;
5989   if (TopCall)
5990     E = TopCall;
5991   else
5992     TopBind = nullptr;
5993 
5994   // Disable the special decltype handling now.
5995   ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false;
5996 
5997   // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a
5998   // decltype expression.
5999   if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
6000     return E;
6001 
6002   // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point.
6003   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size();
6004        I != N; ++I) {
6005     CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I];
6006     if (Call == TopCall)
6007       continue;
6008 
6009     if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context),
6010                             Call->getLocStart(),
6011                             Call, Call->getDirectCallee()))
6012       return ExprError();
6013   }
6014 
6015   // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible
6016   // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries.
6017   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size();
6018        I != N; ++I) {
6019     CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind =
6020       ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I];
6021     if (Bind == TopBind)
6022       continue;
6023 
6024     CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary();
6025 
6026     CXXRecordDecl *RD =
6027       Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6028     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
6029     Temp->setDestructor(Destructor);
6030 
6031     MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
6032     CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
6033                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
6034                             << Bind->getType());
6035     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc()))
6036       return ExprError();
6037 
6038     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
6039     Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
6040   }
6041 
6042   // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
6043   return E;
6044 }
6045 
6046 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access.
6047 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S,
6048                                ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) {
6049   unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0;
6050   // FIXME: Make this configurable?
6051   unsigned Limit = 9;
6052   if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) {
6053     // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note.
6054     SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2;
6055     SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1);
6056   }
6057 
6058   for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) {
6059     if (I == SkipStart) {
6060       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(),
6061              diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed)
6062           << SkipCount;
6063       I += SkipCount;
6064     } else {
6065       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here)
6066           << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType();
6067       ++I;
6068     }
6069   }
6070 }
6071 
6072 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6073                                               SourceLocation OpLoc,
6074                                               tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6075                                               ParsedType &ObjectType,
6076                                               bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
6077   // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
6078   ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
6079   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6080   Base = Result.get();
6081 
6082   Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
6083   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6084   Base = Result.get();
6085 
6086   QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
6087   MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
6088   if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
6089     // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
6090     // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
6091     // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
6092     if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
6093       if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
6094         BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
6095 
6096     ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
6097     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
6098     return Base;
6099   }
6100 
6101   // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
6102   //   [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied  to the value
6103   //   returned, with the original second operand.
6104   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
6105     QualType StartingType = BaseType;
6106     bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false;
6107     bool FirstIteration = true;
6108     FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
6109     // The set of types we've considered so far.
6110     llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
6111     SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows;
6112     CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));
6113 
6114     while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
6115       if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) {
6116         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded)
6117           << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange();
6118         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
6119         Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth)
6120           << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth;
6121         return ExprError();
6122       }
6123 
6124       Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(
6125           S, Base, OpLoc,
6126           // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration,
6127           // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a
6128           // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here
6129           // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself.
6130           (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
6131               ? nullptr
6132               : &NoArrowOperatorFound);
6133       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6134         if (NoArrowOperatorFound) {
6135           if (FirstIteration) {
6136             Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
6137               << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange()
6138               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
6139             OpKind = tok::period;
6140             break;
6141           }
6142           Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
6143             << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange();
6144           CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base);
6145           if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) {
6146             Diag(CD->getLocStart(),
6147                  diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow);
6148           }
6149         }
6150         return ExprError();
6151       }
6152       Base = Result.get();
6153       if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
6154         OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee());
6155       BaseType = Base->getType();
6156       CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
6157       if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) {
6158         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType;
6159         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
6160         return ExprError();
6161       }
6162       FirstIteration = false;
6163     }
6164 
6165     if (OpKind == tok::arrow &&
6166         (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))
6167       BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
6168   }
6169 
6170   // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types,
6171   // so adjust the base type to the object type itself.
6172   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
6173     BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
6174 
6175   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
6176   //   [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
6177   //   type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
6178   //   postfix-expression.
6179   //
6180   // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name.
6181   // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor
6182   // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and
6183   // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor
6184   // call.  We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process,
6185   // so just skip this check for ObjC types.
6186   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) {
6187     ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
6188     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
6189     return Base;
6190   } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
6191     ObjectType = nullptr;
6192     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
6193     return Base;
6194   }
6195 
6196   // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or
6197   // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3:
6198   //   Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to
6199   //   be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside
6200   //   the member function body.
6201   if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
6202       !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) &&
6203       RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access))
6204     return ExprError();
6205 
6206   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
6207   //   If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
6208   //   unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
6209   //   type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
6210   //   up in the scope of class C. [...]
6211   ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
6212   return Base;
6213 }
6214 
6215 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base,
6216                    tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
6217   if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) {
6218     ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
6219     if (result.isInvalid()) return true;
6220     Base = result.get();
6221   }
6222   ObjectType = Base->getType();
6223 
6224   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6225   //   The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
6226   //   left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
6227   //   This scalar type is the object type.
6228   // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the
6229   // arrow operator.
6230   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
6231     if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
6232       ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
6233     } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
6234       // The user wrote "p->" when they probably meant "p."; fix it.
6235       S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
6236         << ObjectType << true
6237         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
6238       if (S.isSFINAEContext())
6239         return true;
6240 
6241       OpKind = tok::period;
6242     }
6243   }
6244 
6245   return false;
6246 }
6247 
6248 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
6249                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6250                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6251                                            const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6252                                            TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
6253                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
6254                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6255                                          PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) {
6256   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();
6257 
6258   QualType ObjectType;
6259   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6260     return ExprError();
6261 
6262   if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() &&
6263       !ObjectType->isVectorType()) {
6264     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType())
6265       Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange();
6266     else {
6267       Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
6268         << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
6269       return ExprError();
6270     }
6271   }
6272 
6273   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6274   //   [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
6275   //   designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
6276   if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
6277     QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
6278     SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
6279       = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
6280     if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
6281       if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
6282         Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
6283           << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
6284           << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6285 
6286         // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
6287         DestructedType = ObjectType;
6288         DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
6289                                                            DestructedTypeStart);
6290         Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6291       } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() !=
6292                                                 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
6293 
6294         if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
6295           // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
6296           // type.
6297         } else {
6298           Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
6299             << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
6300             << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6301         }
6302 
6303         // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
6304         DestructedType = ObjectType;
6305         DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
6306                                                            DestructedTypeStart);
6307         Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6308       }
6309     }
6310   }
6311 
6312   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6313   //   [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
6314   //   form
6315   //
6316   //     ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
6317   //
6318   //   shall designate the same scalar type.
6319   if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
6320     QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
6321     if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
6322         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {
6323 
6324       Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
6325            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
6326         << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
6327         << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6328 
6329       ScopeType = QualType();
6330       ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
6331     }
6332   }
6333 
6334   Expr *Result
6335     = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
6336                                             OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
6337                                             SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
6338                                             ScopeTypeInfo,
6339                                             CCLoc,
6340                                             TildeLoc,
6341                                             Destructed);
6342 
6343   return Result;
6344 }
6345 
6346 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6347                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6348                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6349                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6350                                            UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
6351                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
6352                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6353                                            UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) {
6354   assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6355           FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
6356          "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
6357   assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6358           SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
6359          "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");
6360 
6361   QualType ObjectType;
6362   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6363     return ExprError();
6364 
6365   // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
6366   // record types and dependent types matter.
6367   ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
6368   if (!SS.isSet()) {
6369     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
6370       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
6371     else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
6372       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
6373   }
6374 
6375   // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
6376   // type (with source-location information).
6377   QualType DestructedType;
6378   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr;
6379   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
6380   if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
6381     ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
6382                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
6383                                S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
6384     if (!T &&
6385         ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
6386          (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
6387       // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
6388       // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
6389       // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
6390       // template instantiation time.
6391       Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
6392                                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
6393     } else if (!T) {
6394       Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
6395            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
6396         << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
6397       if (isSFINAEContext())
6398         return ExprError();
6399 
6400       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
6401       DestructedType = ObjectType;
6402     } else
6403       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
6404   } else {
6405     // Resolve the template-id to a type.
6406     TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
6407     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6408                                        TemplateId->NumArgs);
6409     TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
6410                                        TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
6411                                        TemplateId->Template,
6412                                        TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
6413                                        TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
6414                                        TemplateArgsPtr,
6415                                        TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6416     if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
6417       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
6418       DestructedType = ObjectType;
6419     } else
6420       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
6421   }
6422 
6423   // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
6424   // information.
6425   if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
6426     if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
6427       DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
6428                                                   SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
6429     Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6430   }
6431 
6432   // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
6433   TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
6434   QualType ScopeType;
6435   if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6436       FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
6437     if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
6438       ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
6439                                  FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
6440                                  S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
6441       if (!T) {
6442         Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
6443              diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
6444           << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
6445 
6446         if (isSFINAEContext())
6447           return ExprError();
6448 
6449         // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
6450         ScopeType = QualType();
6451       } else
6452         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
6453     } else {
6454       // Resolve the template-id to a type.
6455       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
6456       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6457                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
6458       TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
6459                                          TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
6460                                          TemplateId->Template,
6461                                          TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
6462                                          TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
6463                                          TemplateArgsPtr,
6464                                          TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6465       if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
6466         // Recover by dropping this type.
6467         ScopeType = QualType();
6468       } else
6469         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
6470     }
6471   }
6472 
6473   if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
6474     ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
6475                                                   FirstTypeName.StartLocation);
6476 
6477 
6478   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
6479                                    ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
6480                                    Destructed);
6481 }
6482 
6483 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6484                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6485                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6486                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6487                                            const DeclSpec& DS) {
6488   QualType ObjectType;
6489   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6490     return ExprError();
6491 
6492   QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
6493                                  false);
6494 
6495   TypeLocBuilder TLB;
6496   DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T);
6497   DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
6498   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T);
6499   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo);
6500 
6501   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(),
6502                                    nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
6503                                    Destructed);
6504 }
6505 
6506 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
6507                                         CXXConversionDecl *Method,
6508                                         bool HadMultipleCandidates) {
6509   if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() &&
6510       Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
6511     // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument
6512     // is a LambdaExpr.
6513     Expr *SubE = E;
6514     CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE);
6515     if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
6516       SubE = CE->getSubExpr();
6517     SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens();
6518     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE))
6519       SubE = BE->getSubExpr();
6520     if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) {
6521       // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we
6522       // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make
6523       // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal
6524       // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being
6525       // autoreleased.
6526       DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags);
6527       PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated);
6528       ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(),
6529                                                      E->getExprLoc(),
6530                                                      Method, E);
6531       PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
6532 
6533       if (Exp.isInvalid())
6534         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv);
6535       return Exp;
6536     }
6537   }
6538 
6539   ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
6540                                           FoundDecl, Method);
6541   if (Exp.isInvalid())
6542     return true;
6543 
6544   MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr(
6545       Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(),
6546       Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
6547   if (HadMultipleCandidates)
6548     ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true);
6549   MarkMemberReferenced(ME);
6550 
6551   QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType();
6552   ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
6553   ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
6554 
6555   CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
6556     new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK,
6557                                     Exp.get()->getLocEnd());
6558   return CE;
6559 }
6560 
6561 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
6562                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
6563   // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill-
6564   // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used
6565   // without arguments except in explicit contexts.
6566   ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand);
6567   if (R.isInvalid())
6568     return R;
6569 
6570   // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type.
6571   Operand = R.get();
6572 
6573   if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
6574       Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) {
6575     // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression
6576     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
6577     Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
6578   }
6579 
6580   CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand);
6581   return new (Context)
6582       CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen);
6583 }
6584 
6585 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
6586                                    Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
6587   return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
6588 }
6589 
6590 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) {
6591   // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special,
6592   // according to [expr]p10:
6593   //   The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the
6594   //   expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has
6595   //   one of the following forms:
6596   E = E->IgnoreParens();
6597 
6598   //   - id-expression (5.1.1),
6599   if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6600     return true;
6601 
6602   //   - subscripting (5.2.1),
6603   if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E))
6604     return true;
6605 
6606   //   - class member access (5.2.5),
6607   if (isa<MemberExpr>(E))
6608     return true;
6609 
6610   //   - indirection (5.3.1),
6611   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
6612     if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
6613       return true;
6614 
6615   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6616     //   - pointer-to-member operation (5.5),
6617     if (BO->isPtrMemOp())
6618       return true;
6619 
6620     //   - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above.
6621     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
6622       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS());
6623   }
6624 
6625   //   - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third
6626   //     operands are one of the above, or
6627   if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E))
6628     return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) &&
6629            IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6630   // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x".
6631   if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
6632           dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6633     if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr()))
6634       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) &&
6635              IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
6636   }
6637 
6638   // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule.
6639   if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
6640     return true;
6641 
6642   return false;
6643 }
6644 
6645 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
6646 /// context that ignores the result.
6647 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
6648   if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) {
6649     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
6650     if (result.isInvalid()) return E;
6651     E = result.get();
6652   }
6653 
6654   // C99 6.3.2.1:
6655   //   [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
6656   //   array type is converted to the value stored in the
6657   //   designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
6658   if (E->isRValue()) {
6659     // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type)
6660     // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay
6661     // on them.  This is both technically correct and convenient for
6662     // some clients.
6663     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType())
6664       return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6665 
6666     return E;
6667   }
6668 
6669   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)  {
6670     // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression;
6671     // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a
6672     // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue
6673     // conversion.
6674     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() &&
6675         E->getType().isVolatileQualified() &&
6676         IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) {
6677       ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E);
6678       if (Res.isInvalid())
6679         return E;
6680       E = Res.get();
6681     }
6682     return E;
6683   }
6684 
6685   // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
6686   if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
6687     if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
6688       // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
6689       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get();
6690       return E;
6691     }
6692   }
6693 
6694   ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
6695   if (Res.isInvalid())
6696     return E;
6697   E = Res.get();
6698 
6699   if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
6700     RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
6701                         diag::err_incomplete_type);
6702   return E;
6703 }
6704 
6705 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used
6706 // in a constant expression, return true.
6707 //  - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then
6708 //    we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression.
6709 //  - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether
6710 //    it can be used to initialize a constant expression.  If Init can not
6711 //    be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can
6712 //    never be a constant expression.
6713 //  - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and
6714 //    identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor:
6715 //      - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new
6716 //        delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc...
6717 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
6718     ASTContext &Context) {
6719   if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true;
6720   const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
6721 
6722   // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression.
6723   if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true;
6724   assert(DefVD);
6725   if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false;
6726   EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
6727 
6728   Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
6729 
6730   if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) {
6731     // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts
6732     // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the
6733     // initializer is a potential constant expression.
6734     return false;
6735   }
6736 
6737   return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
6738 }
6739 
6740 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures
6741 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to
6742 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested
6743 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so.  Also, check to see if any
6744 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not
6745 /// need to be captured.
6746 
6747 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(
6748     Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) {
6749 
6750   assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext());
6751   assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext());
6752   assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext &&
6753       "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext");
6754 
6755   const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent();
6756 
6757   ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef(
6758       S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size());
6759 
6760   // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested
6761   // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an
6762   // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context.
6763   const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures =
6764       CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures();
6765   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) {
6766     Expr *VarExpr = nullptr;
6767     VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
6768     CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr);
6769     // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full
6770     // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not
6771     // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures.
6772     // For e.g.:
6773     // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured.
6774     // int test() {
6775     //   const int x = 10;
6776     //   auto L = [=](auto a) {
6777     //     (void) +x + a;
6778     //   };
6779     // }
6780     if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) &&
6781         !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent)
6782       continue;
6783 
6784     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and
6785     // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
6786     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
6787             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
6788                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) {
6789       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
6790       MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S,
6791                          &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
6792     }
6793     const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression =
6794         VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context);
6795     if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) {
6796       // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable
6797       // can not be used in a constant expression - which means
6798       // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a
6799       // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable.
6800       // This is purely for diagnosing errors early.  Otherwise, this
6801       // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready.
6802       QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType;
6803       SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc();
6804       if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
6805                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
6806                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType,
6807                           DeclRefType, nullptr)) {
6808         // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need
6809         // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it.
6810         S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
6811                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
6812                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType,
6813                           DeclRefType, nullptr);
6814       }
6815     }
6816   }
6817 
6818   // Check if 'this' needs to be captured.
6819   if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) {
6820     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture
6821     // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
6822     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
6823             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
6824                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
6825       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
6826       S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation,
6827                             /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true,
6828                             &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
6829     }
6830   }
6831 
6832   // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression.
6833   CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures();
6834 }
6835 
6836 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef,
6837                                   const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
6838                                   const TypoCorrection &TC) {
6839   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(),
6840                  Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind());
6841   const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS();
6842   CXXScopeSpec NewSS;
6843 
6844   // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr.
6845   if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
6846     NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange());
6847   else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier())
6848     NewSS = *SS;
6849 
6850   if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) {
6851     R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName());
6852     R.addDecl(ND);
6853     if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
6854       // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult.
6855       CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
6856       if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
6857         Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6858       if (!Record)
6859         Record =
6860             dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
6861       if (Record)
6862         R.setNamingClass(Record);
6863 
6864       // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit
6865       // member.
6866       bool MightBeImplicitMember;
6867       if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand())
6868         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
6869       else if (!NewSS.isEmpty())
6870         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
6871       else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
6872         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
6873       else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
6874         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
6875       else
6876         MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) ||
6877                                 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) ||
6878                                 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND);
6879 
6880       if (MightBeImplicitMember)
6881         return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(
6882             NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R,
6883             /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr);
6884     } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
6885       return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(),
6886                                         Ivar->getIdentifier());
6887     }
6888   }
6889 
6890   return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false,
6891                                           /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true);
6892 }
6893 
6894 namespace {
6895 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> {
6896   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs;
6897 
6898 public:
6899   explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs)
6900       : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {}
6901   bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) {
6902     TypoExprs.insert(TE);
6903     return true;
6904   }
6905 };
6906 
6907 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> {
6908   typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform;
6909 
6910   VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the
6911                      // process of being initialized.
6912   llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter;
6913   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs;
6914   llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache;
6915   llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution;
6916 
6917   /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered.
6918   /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should
6919   /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest
6920   /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection).
6921   void EmitAllDiagnostics() {
6922     for (auto E : TypoExprs) {
6923       TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E);
6924       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6925       if (State.DiagHandler) {
6926         TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection();
6927         ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE];
6928 
6929         // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the
6930         // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right
6931         // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload
6932         // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that
6933         // had been stored in the TypoCorrection.
6934         if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr(
6935                 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get()))
6936           TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
6937 
6938         State.DiagHandler(TC);
6939       }
6940       SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
6941     }
6942   }
6943 
6944   /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a
6945   /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against
6946   /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing
6947   /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second
6948   /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted,
6949   /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a
6950   /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the
6951   /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations
6952   /// of corrections.
6953   bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() {
6954     for (auto TE : TypoExprs) {
6955       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6956       TransformCache.erase(TE);
6957       if (!State.Consumer->finished())
6958         return true;
6959       State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
6960     }
6961     return false;
6962   }
6963 
6964   NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
6965     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
6966       E = OverloadResolution[OE];
6967 
6968     if (!E)
6969       return nullptr;
6970     if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6971       return DRE->getFoundDecl();
6972     if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
6973       return ME->getFoundDecl();
6974     // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo
6975     // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could
6976     // contain multiple decls.
6977     return nullptr;
6978   }
6979 
6980   ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) {
6981     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6982     ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E);
6983     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid())
6984       return ExprError();
6985 
6986     return ExprFilter(Res.get());
6987   }
6988 
6989 public:
6990   TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter)
6991       : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {}
6992 
6993   ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6994                                    MultiExprArg Args,
6995                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6996                                    Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) {
6997     auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args,
6998                                                  RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
6999     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) {
7000       if (Result.isUsable()) {
7001         Expr *ResultCall = Result.get();
7002         if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall))
7003           ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr();
7004         if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall))
7005           OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee();
7006       }
7007     }
7008     return Result;
7009   }
7010 
7011   ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
7012 
7013   ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
7014 
7015   ExprResult TransformObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *E) {
7016     return Owned(E);
7017   }
7018 
7019   ExprResult TransformObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *E) {
7020     return Owned(E);
7021   }
7022 
7023   ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) {
7024     ExprResult Res;
7025     while (true) {
7026       Res = TryTransform(E);
7027 
7028       // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs
7029       // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates..
7030       if (!Res.isInvalid() ||
7031           !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams())
7032         break;
7033     }
7034 
7035     // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates
7036     // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters.
7037     // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when
7038     // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction.
7039     // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when
7040     // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will
7041     // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction
7042     // candidates and add little to no value if corrected.
7043     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
7044     while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) {
7045       auto TE  = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back();
7046       auto Cached = TransformCache[TE];
7047       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
7048       State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition();
7049       TransformCache.erase(TE);
7050       if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) {
7051         State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
7052         TransformCache.erase(TE);
7053         Res = ExprError();
7054         break;
7055       }
7056       AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE);
7057       State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition();
7058       TransformCache[TE] = Cached;
7059     }
7060     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false;
7061 
7062     // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found.
7063     if (!Res.isUsable())
7064       FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E);
7065 
7066     EmitAllDiagnostics();
7067 
7068     return Res;
7069   }
7070 
7071   ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) {
7072     // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the
7073     // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the
7074     // first one that was encountered.
7075     auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E];
7076     if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) {
7077       return CacheEntry;
7078     }
7079 
7080     auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E);
7081     assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr");
7082 
7083     // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely
7084     // typo correction and return it.
7085     while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) {
7086       if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl)
7087         continue;
7088       ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ?
7089           State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) :
7090           attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC);
7091       if (!NE.isInvalid()) {
7092         // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same
7093         // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous
7094         // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later.
7095         TypoCorrection Next;
7096         if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) &&
7097             Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) {
7098           AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E);
7099         } else {
7100           AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E);
7101         }
7102         assert(!NE.isUnset() &&
7103                "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult");
7104         return CacheEntry = NE;
7105       }
7106     }
7107     return CacheEntry = ExprError();
7108   }
7109 };
7110 }
7111 
7112 ExprResult
7113 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl,
7114                                 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
7115   // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos
7116   // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to
7117   // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression.
7118   if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos &&
7119       (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() ||
7120        E->isInstantiationDependent())) {
7121     auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos;
7122     assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr");
7123     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U;
7124     auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size();
7125     auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E);
7126     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext;
7127     TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size();
7128     if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) {
7129       ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved;
7130       return Result;
7131     }
7132     assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?");
7133   }
7134   return E;
7135 }
7136 
7137 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC,
7138                                      bool DiscardedValue,
7139                                      bool IsConstexpr,
7140                                      bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) {
7141   ExprResult FullExpr = FE;
7142 
7143   if (!FullExpr.get())
7144     return ExprError();
7145 
7146   // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not
7147   // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr
7148   // containing full-expression is done).
7149   // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) {
7150   //   test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now.
7151   //     return a;
7152   //   }() ...);
7153   // }
7154   // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope
7155   // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not
7156   // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a
7157   // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a
7158   // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a
7159   // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the
7160   // parser/instantiation has got to).
7161   if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer &&
7162       DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
7163     return ExprError();
7164 
7165   // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
7166   if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
7167       FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
7168     FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType());
7169     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7170       return ExprError();
7171   }
7172 
7173   if (DiscardedValue) {
7174     FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get());
7175     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7176       return ExprError();
7177 
7178     FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get());
7179     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7180       return ExprError();
7181   }
7182 
7183   FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get());
7184   if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7185     return ExprError();
7186 
7187   CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr);
7188 
7189   // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested
7190   // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda,
7191   // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it.
7192   // Consider the following code:
7193   // void f(int, int);
7194   // void f(const int&, double);
7195   // void foo() {
7196   //  const int x = 10, y = 20;
7197   //  auto L = [=](auto a) {
7198   //      auto M = [=](auto b) {
7199   //         f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M
7200   //         f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms
7201   //      };
7202   //   };
7203   // }
7204 
7205   // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves
7206   // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures:
7207   //   void f() {
7208   //     const int n = 0;
7209   //     auto L =  [&](auto a) {
7210   //       +n + ({ 0; a; });
7211   //     };
7212   //   }
7213   //
7214   // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't
7215   // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures),
7216   // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late
7217   // for us to see that we need to capture n after all.
7218 
7219   LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda();
7220   // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer
7221   // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report
7222   // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony.
7223   // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator
7224   // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture
7225   // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that
7226   // PR, a proper fix would entail :
7227   //   "Alternative suggestion:
7228   //   - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope
7229   //     index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to
7230   //     FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's
7231   //     constructor/destructor.
7232   //  - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to
7233   //    stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope."
7234   const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext);
7235   if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI &&
7236       CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid())
7237     CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI,
7238                                                               *this);
7239   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
7240 }
7241 
7242 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
7243   if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();
7244 
7245   return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
7246 }
7247 
7248 Sema::IfExistsResult
7249 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S,
7250                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7251                                    const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) {
7252   DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
7253   if (!TargetName)
7254     return IER_DoesNotExist;
7255 
7256   // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent.
7257   if (TargetName.isDependentName())
7258     return IER_Dependent;
7259 
7260   // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
7261   LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
7262                  Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
7263   LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
7264   R.suppressDiagnostics();
7265 
7266   switch (R.getResultKind()) {
7267   case LookupResult::Found:
7268   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
7269   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
7270   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
7271     return IER_Exists;
7272 
7273   case LookupResult::NotFound:
7274     return IER_DoesNotExist;
7275 
7276   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
7277     return IER_Dependent;
7278   }
7279 
7280   llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!");
7281 }
7282 
7283 Sema::IfExistsResult
7284 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
7285                                    bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7286                                    UnqualifiedId &Name) {
7287   DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
7288 
7289   // Check for unexpanded parameter packs.
7290   SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded;
7291   collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded);
7292   collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded);
7293   if (!Unexpanded.empty()) {
7294     DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc,
7295                                      IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists
7296                                                : UPPC_IfNotExists,
7297                                      Unexpanded);
7298     return IER_Error;
7299   }
7300 
7301   return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo);
7302 }
7303